一 : 2014年人教版新目标英语八年级上全册教案
含山县姚庙初级中学
备 课 簿
年 级 八
学 科 英 语
授 课 人 朱冠颖
2014 - 2015 学年度 第 1 学期 - 1 -
Unit 1 Where did you go on vacation?
Period 1
Section A (1a-2d)
一、教学目标：
1. 语言知识和能力目标：
1) 能掌握以下单词：anyone, anywhere, wonderful, quite a few, etc 能掌握以下句型：
① —Where did you go on vacation? —I went to the mountains. ② —Did you go with anyone?
2) 能了解以下语法：
—复合不定代词someone, anyone, something, anything等 的用法。 —yourself, myself等反身代词的用法。
3） 一般过去时态的特殊疑问句，一般疑问句及其肯定、否定回答。
2. 情感态度价值观目标：
学会用一般过去时进行信息交流，培养学生的环保意识，热爱大自然。
二、教学重难点
1. 教学重点：
1) 用所学的功能语言交流假期去了什么旅行。
2) 掌握本课时出现的新词汇。
2. 教学难点：
1) 复合不定代词someone, anyone, something, anything等 的用法。
2) yourself, myself等反身代词的用法。
三、教学过程
Ⅰ. Lead-in
1. 看幻灯片来进入本课时的主题，谈论上周末做了些什么事情。 Ⅱ. Presentation
1. Show some pictures on the big screen. Let Ss read the expressions. —Yes, I did./No, I didn’t. - 2 -
2. Focus attention on the picture. Ask: What can you see? Say: Each picture shows
something a person did in the past.
3. Check the answers. Answers: 1. f 2. b 3. g 4. e 5. c 6. a 7. d III. Listening
1. Point to the picture on the screen.
2. Play the recording the first time.
3. Play the recording a second time.
Listen to the recording and write numbers of the names in the right boxes of the picture.
4. Check the answers.
IV．Pair work
1. Point out the sample conversation.
2. Now work with a partner. Make your own conversation about the people in the picture.
3. Ss work in pairs. As they talk, move around the classroom and give any help .
4. Let some pairs act out their conversations.
V. Listening
1. Tell Ss they will hear a conversation about three students’ conversations.
2. Play the recording the first time. Ss listen and fill in the chart.
3. Play the recording a second time for the Ss to check ―Yes, I did.‖ or ―No, I didn’t. ‖
4. Check the answers with the Ss.
VI. Pair work
1. Let two Ss read the conversation between Grace, Kevin and Julie.
2. Let Ss work in pairs and try to role-play the conversation.
3. Ask some pairs to act out their conversations.
VII. Role-play
1. First let Ss read the conversation and match the people and places they went.
2. Let Ss act out the conversations in pairs.
- 3 -
3. Some explanations in 2d.
Homework:
用英语询问你的一位好朋友，她（他）假期去了哪里？看到了什么？并将此对话写在作业上。
A: Where did you go…？
B: I went to…
A: Did you see…
B: Yes, I did. / No, I didn’t.
板书设计：
教学反思：
- 4 -
Period 2
Section A (Grammar focus-3c)
一、教学目标：
1. 语言知识和能力目标：
1) 复习所学的重难点句型及句式结构。
2）总结学习anyone, someone, everyone, something等不定代词的用法。
3）能练习运用所学的句型及句式结构。
2. 情感态度价值观目标：
学会用一般过去时进行信息交流，培养学生的环保意识，热爱大自然。
二、教学重难点
1. 教学重点：
1) 用所学的功能语言交流假期去了什么旅行。
2) 复习运用本课时出现的新词汇。
2. 教学难点：
1) 复合不定代词someone, anyone, something, anything等 的用法。
2) 阅读填空能力的提高。
三、教学过程
Ⅰ. Warming- up and revision
Ⅱ. Grammar focus.
1. 学生阅读Grammar Focus中的句子，然后做填空练习。
Ⅲ. Try to Find
一、复合不定代词总结：
二、学生们读上面的探究试题，并合作探究完成。
三、看大屏幕，校对答案。
Ⅳ. Practice
Work on 3a:
1. Let Ss look at the conversation in 3a. First let one student read the words in the box.
- 5 -
2. Tell Ss to read the conversation and fill in the blanks.
3. 方法指导：
Work on 3b:
1. Tell Ss to fill in the blanks in the e-mail message with the words in the box.
2. 方法指导：
Ⅴ. Group work
1. Work on 3c: Ask your group questions about their vacation. Then tell the class your results.
2. Fill in the blanks according to the answers.
3. Try to make a report in each group. Then let one student read the report to the class.
Ⅵ. Exercises
1. If time is enough, do some more exercises on big screen.
Homework
1. 背诵Grammar focus 部分。
2. 复习复合不定代词及反身代词的用法。
板书设计
教学反思：
- 6 -
Period 3
Section B 1a-2e
一、教学目标：
1. 语言知识和能力目标：
1) 能掌握以下单词：decide, try, paragliding, feel like, bird, etc.
2) 能掌握以下句型：
① Where did…?
② What did…?
2. 情感态度价值观目标：
帮助贫困地区孩子
二、教学重难点
1. 教学重点：
1) 掌握本课时出现的生词及表达方式。
2) 进行听力训练，提高综合听说能力。
2. 教学难点
1. 听力训练
2. 阅读2b部分的短文并完成相关要求。
三、教学过程
Ⅰ. Warming- up and revision
Ⅱ. Writing
Work on 1a:
1. Point to the six words. delicious, expensive, exciting, cheap, terrible, boring
2. Read the words and let Ss read after the teacher.
Work on 1b:
Ⅲ. Listening
Work on 1c:
1. T: Now let's work on 1c. 2. Play the recording for the Ss listen.
Work on 1d:
- 7 -
1. Tell Ss this time they have to write down .
2. Then play the recording for the second time.
Ⅳ. Pair work
1. Tell Ss to ask and answer about Lisa’s vacation.
2. Ss work in pairs and ask and answer about Lisa’s vacations.
Ⅴ. Discussion
1. Tell Ss to work in groups. Discuss the questions together.
2. Give Ss some possible answers:
3. Ss discuss the two questions.
VI. Reading
Work on 2b:
Work on 2c:
Work on 2d:
1. Tell Ss they should read the conversation about Jane’s trip to Penang 2. Ss read the conversation about Jane’s trip to Penang
Work on 2e:
Homework
用所给动词的适当形式填空。
板书设计：
教学
- 8 -
Period 4
Section B 3a-Self check
一、教学目标：
1. 语言知识和能力目标：
1) 复习询问或谈论假期去某地旅行的经历。
2) 能够综合运用动词的一般过去时形式，并能正确填空。
3) 总结回顾动词过去式的规则变化和不规则变化。
2. 情感态度价值观目标：
1) 学生了解我国不同地方的人们上学的方式，
2）通过谈论假期旅行的经历，明白在旅行时应注意保护环境。
二、教学重难点
1. 教学重点：
1) 能综合运用所的重难点词汇来完成相关任务。
2）能运用英语根据相关提示来记自己某次旅行的经历。
2. 教学难点：
能运用英语根据相关提示来记自己某次旅行的经历。
三、教学过程
Ⅰ. Warming- up and revision
Ⅱ. Discussion
Ⅲ. Writing
1. Tell Ss they went to one of these places of interest last summer vacation.
2. Let some Ss read the words in the box.
3. Ss read the diary and try to fill in the blanks with the words in the box.
4. Check the answers.
Ⅳ. Practice
Work on 3b: Let Ss work in pairs to ask and answer the questions. Write their answers on a piece of paper.
Work on 3c:
- 9 -
1. Tell Ss to write a travel diary like Jane’s on Page 5. Use your notes in 3b.
2. 写作指导：
Ⅴ. Self check 1
1. 让学生们看自己的笔记，复习相关复合不定代词的用法。
2. Let Ss read the small conversation and choose the correct words in the box to fill in the blanks.
3. Check the answers with the Ss.
4. Explain any problem that Ss can’t understand.
Ⅵ. Self check 2
1. 让学生们看自己的笔记，复习相关动词过去式的规则变化及不规则变化。
2. Ss read the passage and fill in the blanks.
Ⅶ. Group work
1. Tell Ss what they should in this activity.
2. Ss work in groups of four and ask and answer about their vacations in China.
3. Let some pairs act out their conversations in front of the class.
Homework
1. Review Section B.
2. 阅读Self check 2 的短文，并强化记忆所列举动词的一般过去式形式。
3. 总结全单元出现的不规则变化的动词的一般过去式，并努力记住他们。 板书设计：
教学反思：
- 10 -
Unit 2 How often do you do exercise？
Period 1
Section A (1a-2d)
一、教学目标：
1. 语言知识和能力目标：
1) 能掌握以下单词：housework, hardly, ever, hardly ever, once, etc. 能掌握以下句型：
① —What does he do on weekends? —He usually watches TV. ② —How often do you watch TV? —I watch TV every day.
③ —Does he go shopping? —No, he never go shopping.
2) 能了解以下语法：频度副词及一般现在时简单谈论周末活动情况。
2. 情感态度价值观目标：
养成健康的饮食习惯，保证充足的睡眠时间，进行合理的运动锻炼
二、教学重难点
1. 教学重点：
1) 对6个频度副词细微差异的理解及使用。
2) 弄清一般现在时在不同人称下动词形式及提问的变化。
2. 教学难点：
1) 第三人称单数谓语动词在此核心句型中的运用。
2) 谈论课余时间的各项活动，以及初步认识和使用频率副词。
三、教学用具
录音机，多媒体，幻灯片，课本
四、教学过程
Ⅰ. Lead in
Talk about your last weekend’s activities.
Ⅱ. Presentation
1. ―What do you usually do on weekends? ‖ I usually …… on weekends.
2. 教师出示动词卡片 watch TV，read books，exercise，swim, play football、go shopping、 go to movies让学生回答。
3. 点击鼠标屏幕上出现频率副词及相关的百分比。
always (100%) usually(80%) often (30-50%)
sometimes (20%) hardly ever(5%) never (0%)
领读频率副词，让学生快速认读。
Ⅲ. Writing
1. Look at the picture. Discuss with your partners. Make a list of the weekend activities.
2. Let some Ss read out their activities. Let other Ss add more activities. Ⅳ. Listening
1. Let a student read the words aloud. Make sure all the Ss know the meaning of the words.
- 11 -
2. Tell Ss to listen and write the letters from the picture above on the line below.
3. Play the tape for the first time. Ss listen and fill in the blanks.
4. Play the tape for the second time for the Ss to check the answers.
Ⅴ. Pair work
1. Act out the conversation with a student.
2. Let Ss talk about the pictures in 1a in pairs.
3. Let some Ss act out their conversations.
Ⅵ. Listening
Work on 2a:
1. Let Ss read the phrases in the chart.
2. Tell Ss that Cheng Tao is taking about how often he does these activities.
3. Play the recording for the second time for the Ss to check the answers. Work on 2b:
1. Tell Ss they will hear the recording again.
2. Ss listen and math the activities with the phrases.
3. Check the answers.
Ⅶ. Pair work
1. Ask one student how often he/she watch TV as a model.
T: Hi, S1. How often do you watch TV?
S1: I watch TV every day.
2. Let one student read the activities in the chart.
3. Ss work with their partners. Then ask some pairs to act out their conversations.
Ⅷ. Role-play
1. Read the conversation by themselves, then match the activity with the right time.
2. Let the Ss read the conversation after you.
3. Ss work with a partner and act out the conversation.
Homework:
Act out the conversation after class.
板书设计：
教学反思：
- 12 -
Period 2
Section A (Grammar Focus-3c)
一、教学目标：
1. 语言知识和能力目标：
1) 复习运用频率词汇及询问活动频率。
2) 一般现在时态的熟练运用。
2. 情感态度价值观目标：
通过本单元的学习，养成健康的饮食习惯，保证充足的睡眠时间，进行合理的运动锻炼，以保持健康的体魄。
二、教学重难点
1. 教学重点：
1) —How often do you /does he(she)….? —He usually…
2) 频度副词的用法:
2. 教学难点：
1) 第三人称单数谓语动词在此核心句型中的运用。
2) 能够谈论课余时间的各项活动，以及初步认识和使用频率副词。
三、教学用具
录音机，多媒体，幻灯片，课本
四、教学过程
Ⅰ. Warming- up and revision
1. Ask and answer some oral questions on how often exercise.
2. Check the homework and have a dictation of some new words.
Ⅱ. Grammar Focus.
1. 学生阅读Grammar Focus中的句子，然后做填空练习。
2. 学生们完成填空试题后，可以打开课本检查答案，对错误的句子，单独进行强化记忆。
Ⅲ. Try to Find
Tell Ss try to find the answers.
B: 一般现在时态
他们通常在周未锻炼吗？
___ they often ________ on weekends?
她一周上网二次吗？
_____ she _____ the Internet twice a week?
Ⅳ. Practice
1. Tell Ss to make questions.
2. Then try to ask and answer questions about the questions.
3. Ask some Ss to ask and answer with their partners in front of the class. Ⅴ. Group work
1. Let Ss work in groups of six or eight.
2. Tell Ss discuss what activities they do to improve their English. Then write the activities in the chart.
3. Ask their group mates the questions and fill in the chart.
- 13 -
4. Try to make a report about their partners. Ⅵ. Homework
Do a survey: What does he/she do on weekends?
板书设计：
教学反思：
- 14 -
Period 3
Section B (1a-2e)
一、教学目标：
1. 语言知识和能力目标：
1) 能掌握以下单词：percent，online , etc.
2) 能掌握以下句型：
not …at all The best way to … is …. such as…
2. 情感态度价值观目标：
了解其他学生们的日常生活情况，让学生们知道应如何安排日常生活。
二、教学重难点
1. 教学重点：
1) 掌握本课时出现的生词及表达方式。
2) 进行听力训练，提高综合听说能力。
3) 阅读短文，获得相关信息，提高学生们的综合阅读能力。
2. 教学难点
1) 听力训练
2) 阅读2b部分的短文并完成相关要求。
三、教学用具
录音机，多媒体，幻灯片，课本
四、教学过程
Ⅰ. Warming- up and revision
1. Daily greeting.
2. Check the homework. Let some Ss report what he/she does on weekends. Ⅱ. Presentation
1. T: Show some pictures of food or drink on the big screen. Ss read the words then discuss they are healthy or unhealthy.
2. Work on 1a. Read the words with the pictures then match the words with the pictures.
Ⅲ. Find
1. Show a list of words of food and drinks on the big screen. Then list them into ―healthy‖ or ―unhealthy‖
2. Check the answer with the Ss.
3. Ask and answer questions about the pictures on 1a.
Ⅳ. Listening
Work on 1c:
1. Tell Ss that a reporter is interviewing Bill and Tina what their eating habits are. Listen to the recording and find the answer to these two questions: Is Bill healthy? Is Tina healthy? Listen and find the answers to the questions.
3. T: Now let's work on 1d. First, let one student read the sentences and try to know the meaning of the sentences.
4. Play the first time, Ss just listen. Play the tape for the second time for the Ss to listen and find the answers.
- 15 -
5. Check the answers:
Ⅴ. Pair work
1. Work in pairs. Ask and answer questions. SA is the reporter. SB is Tina or Bill. Ask and answer questions. Then change roles.
2. Teacher can walk around the classroom, and give some help to the Ss. Work on 2a:
1. Let Ss discuss the activities with their classmates and rank these activities according to how often you think your classmates do them.
2. Let some Ss tell their answers.
Ⅵ. Reading
1. T: Read the passage quickly and find the answers to the two questions: How many kinds of free time activities are mentioned in the passage? What is the best way to relax?
2. Read the passage carefully and complete the pie chart below.
Ss read the passage and try to fill in the pie chart. Then check the answers together.
Ⅶ. Reading
1. T: Now let’s read through the five questions.
2. Ss read carefully and try to find the answers to the questions.
3. Check the answers with the class.
Ⅷ. Practice
Work on 2d:
1. T: Now let’s make some sentences with the percentages using always, usually or sometimes.
2. Ss read the passage again and try to make some new sentences. Check the answers with each others.
Work on 2e:
1. Let Ss read through the activities in the chart first.
2. Ss work in groups.
Homework
1. 读2b中的短文。
2. 根据2e的调查结果写一个报告。
板书设计：
教学反思：
- 16 -
Period 4
Section B (3a-Self Check)
一、教学目标：
1. 语言知识和能力目标：
1) 复习询问或谈论别人饮食。
2) 能够运用所给的提示，完成对某人饮食习惯的描写。
3) 总结回顾所有的频率副词，并学会运用所学的频率副词。
2. 情感态度价值观目标：
1) 通过小组活动，培养学生们的合作意识和团队精神。
2）提倡合理安排自己的生活，养成良好的生活习惯。
二、教学重难点
1. 教学重点：
1) 能运所给的提示词来描写个人的饮食起居等方面的习惯。
2) 能运用一些相关资料对他人进行好习惯与坏习惯的调查。
2. 教学难点：
能运所给的提示词来描写个人的饮食起居等方面的习惯。
三、教学用具
录音机，多媒体，幻灯片，课本
四、教学过程
Ⅰ. Warming- up and revision
1. Have a dictation of the new words and expressions.
2. Let some Ss read the passage in 2b.
3. Check the homework.
Ⅱ. Presentation
1. Show some pictures of your daily activities. Tell Ss your good activities and bad activities.
2. Let some Ss tell about how often they do some activities and judge they are good habits and bad habits.
Ⅲ. Practice
1. Look at the information in the chart and complete the report.
2. Ss read the passage then fill in the blanks with the words in the box.
3. Check the answers.
Ⅳ. Writing
Work on 3b:
1. Complete the chart with your own information. Then in the last column, use expressions like always, every day, twice a week and never.
2. Then let some Ss show their chart to the class.
Work on 3c:
1. Let Ss write a report about their good habits and bad habits. Say how often they do things using the report in 3a as an example.
2. Check the compositions and let some Ss read their compositions. Ⅴ. Quiz
- 17 -
1. Tell Ss to take the health quiz. Compare your results with your partner’s. Who’s healthier?
2. Read the quiz and the chart first and make sure all the students know how to take the health quiz.
3. Work in groups and take the quiz in your group. See who is healthier? Ⅵ. Practice
Self Check 1 and 2
1. 让学生相互讨论并在表格中填写出自己及自己的父母亲所做的活动。
2. Let some Ss read aloud their chart. Then try to write five sentences using the information above.
3. Make sure they use the correct forms of the verbs.
Self check 3
1. Tell Ss that they should read the conversation and then fill in the blanks with the right forms.
2. Ss read the conversations and try to fill in the blanks.
3. Check the answers:
usually, How often, Hardly, How often, once a; never
4. Let Ss practice the conversation with their partner.
Homework
1. Review Section B.
2. Write a short passage your father or mother’s good habits or bad habits.
板书设计：
教学反思：
- 18 -
Unit 3 I’m more outgoing than my sister.
Period 1
Section A (1a-2d)
一、教学目标：
1. 语言知识和能力目标：
1) 能掌握以下单词：outgoing, better, loudly, quietly, hard-working，etc.
2) 能掌握以下句型：
Tina is taller than Tara.
Sam has longer hair than Tom.
3) 能掌握以下语法：
形容词或副词比较级形式的构成。
表示两者进行比较的句式结构。
2. 情感态度价值观目标：
能对人物的外表进行描绘，个性进行比较。
二、教学重难点
1. 教学重点：
1) 形容词或副词比较级形式的构成。
2) 表示两者进行比较的句式结构。
2. 教学难点：
He has shorter hair than Sam.
She also sings more loudly than Tara.
三、教学用具
录音机，多媒体，幻灯片，课本
四、教学过程
Ⅰ. Lead-in
Ask Ss to write down as many adj. about people as possible. Check the adj. Give Ss an example by comparing Old Henry and Santa Claus.
Ⅱ. Presentation
Ask Ss to see the pix about apples and pears to see the differences. Then compare some of their things with each other.
e.g. The apples are bigger than the pears.
Summarize the Comparatives. Group competition.
A + be(V) + 比较级 + than + B.
Ⅲ. Game (I and my desk mate)
Ask Ss to compare with their partners and find out the differences.
e.g. She is heavier than me. I am more outgoing than her.
Ⅳ. Listening
Then listen to the recording. Ask Ss to number the twins.
Check the answers.
Ⅴ. Pair work
- 19 -
Point out the sample conversation in activity 1c.
Say, now work with a partner. Make your own conversation about the twins. Ask several pairs to say one or more of their conversations.
Ⅵ. Listening
1. Work on 2a:
Point out the two columns and read the headings: -er, -ier and more. Then point out the words in the box. Read them.
Say, now listen and write the –er and –ier words in the first column and the words that use more in the second column.
Play the recording and check the answers.
2. Work on 2b.
Point out the picture and the two boxes with the headings Tina is and Tara is. Say, listen to the recording. Write word in the boxes. The words are from the list in activity 2a.
Play the recording and check the answers.
Ⅶ. Pair work
1. Point out the chart in activity 2c. Say, Make your own conversations according to the information. Ask pairs to continue on their own.
2. Ss practice their conversations.
3. Ask some pairs to act out their conversations.
Ⅷ. Role-play
1. Read the conversation first and try to match the people with the right things.
2. Let Ss read the conversations after the teacher.
3. Let Ss practice the conversation.
4. Then let some pairs act out their conversations in front of the class. Homework:
Write six sentences:
Write about the things that are the same and different between you and your best friend.
板书设计：
教学反思：
- 20 -
Period 2
Section A (Grammar focus-3c)
一、教学目标：
1. 语言知识和能力目标：
1) 复习巩固形容词的比较形式及对两者进行对比。
2) 进一步总结所学的对两者进行比较的句式结构。
3) 能运用所学的目标语言，进行说与写的活动，完成相关任务。
2. 情感态度价值观目标：
学会与朋友友好相处，培养乐观，积极向上的性格。
二、教学重难点
1. 教学重点：
1) 总结形容词及副词比较级的构成方式。
2) 进一步总结对两者进行比较的句式结构。
2. 教学难点：
1) 总结形容词及副词比较级的构成方式。
2) 能运用所学的目标语言，进行说与写的活动，完成相关任务。
三、教学用具
录音机，多媒体，幻灯片，课本
四、教学过程
Ⅰ. Warming- up and revision
1. Ask some Ss compare he/she with his/her desk mates.
2. Show some pictures on the big screen. Let some Ss compare the things.
3. Show some adjectives or adverbs. Let Ss add -er, -r or -ier to them. Ⅱ. Grammar Focus
1. 学生阅读Grammar Focus中的句子，然后做填空练习。
(1) 汤姆比萨姆更聪明吗？
Is Tom _______ _____ Sam?
(2) 不是。萨姆比汤姆更聪明。
No, he isn’t. Sam is ______ _____ Tom.
(3) 塔拉比蒂娜更外向吗？
Is Tara ____ ________ ______ Tina？
3. 学生们完成填空试题后，可以打开课本检查答案，对错误的句子，单 独进行强化记忆。
Ⅲ. Try to Find
两者进行比较, 表示“一方比另一方更??”的句型：
1. A + be + 形容词比较级 + than + B
2. A + 实义动词 + 副词比较级 + than + B
两者进行比较, 表示“一方与另一方一样??”的句型：
1. A + be + as 形容词原形 + as + B
2. A + 实义动词 + as 副词原形 + as + B
Ⅳ. Practice
- 21 -
Work on 3a:
1. 读下列句子，根据提示词完成一般疑问句，并做回答。
2. 看所给的第一例句，让一名学生读例句，确定所有的学生都明白本题的做法。
3. 学生们按老师指导的方法进行阅读，并逐句推敲每空应填什么词，在实际的运用提高自己的阅读能力、分析能力及综合运用能力。
4. 最后，教师与同学们一起校对答案，并对学生们有疑问的地方进行解释。
Work on 3b:
1. Ask Ss to think of himself/herself two years ago. Write about how they are different now.
2. Give an example:
T: S1, Are you taller now?
S1: Yes, I am. I’m taller than I was two years ago.
T: Pay attention to the tense. ―I was two years ago.‖
3. Ss work by themselves. Read the sentences in 3b and write the other four sentences.
4. Check the answers with the class.
Ⅴ. Group work
1. Tell Ss to read the chart first in 3c. Make sure they know the meaning of the words in the chart.
2. Ask one student the question:
T: Who is smarter, your mother or your father？
S1: I think my mother is smarter than my father.
3. Ss read the chart and check √ in the chart.
4. Work in groups. Ask and answer the questions with their partners.
5. Try to make a report.
(最后，可以经学生们评议来推举最有能力的小组）
Ⅵ. Homework
1. Review the grammar focus after class.
2. Write down the same and different between you and a friend.
板书设计：
教学反思：
- 22 -
Period 3
Section B (1a-2e)
一、教学目标：
1. 语言知识和能力目标：
1) 能掌握以下单词：talented, truly, care, care about, serious, mirror, etc.
2) 能掌握以下句型：
① I think a good friend makes me laugh.
② For me, a good friend likes to do the same things as me.
③ And a good friend is talented in music.
3) 阅读短文获得正确的信息的能力。
4) 阅读短文并能完成相关任务。
2. 情感态度价值观目标：
了解人与人之间的差异性，了解自己对朋友的看法。
二、教学重难点
1. 教学重点：
1) 掌握本课时出现的生词及表达方式。
2) 进行听力训练，提高综合听说能力。
3) 阅读短文，获得相关信息，提高学生们的综合阅读能力。
2. 教学难点：
1) 听力训练
2) 阅读2b部分的短文并完成相关要求。
三、教学用具
录音机，多媒体，幻灯片，课本
四、教学过程
Ⅰ. Warming- up and revision
1. Daily greeting.
2. Check the homework. Let some Ss report what his/her father and mother are like.
Ⅱ. Presentation
1. Show a maxim to Ss: A friend indeed is a friend in need.
Ask, what kind of things are important in a friend?
Ⅲ. Reading and writing
Work on 1a:
Read each description to the class and ask the Ss to repeat.
What kind of things is important in a friend? Rank the things below 1-6 (1 is most important)
Work on 1b:
1. Well, every one of you has his own idea. Now please talk about what you think a good friend should be like in groups of four.
2. Ss try to write their own sentences.
Ⅳ. Listening
1. T: Now let's work on 1c. Let’s listen to the tape again and fill in the rest of - 23 -
the chart in 1c.
2. Ss listen to the tape and fill in the chart.
3. Check the answers:
Ⅴ. Group work
Work on 1e:
1. Work in groups. Make a conversation using information in the chart.
2. Teacher can walk around the classroom, and give some help to the Ss. Work on 2a:
1. Write the comparative forms of the following adjectives.
2. Ss work in a group. Check each other’s answers.
3. Let some Ss read their sentences.
Ⅵ. Reading
Quickly reading
1. Let some Ss read the passage quickly and underline the differences and circle the similarities. Then let another Ss read aloud these sentences.
2. Check the answers with the Ss.
Careful reading
1. Let Ss read the sentences in 2c. Make sure they know the meaning .
2. Let Ss read the passages again and judge these sentences are True or False.
3. Ss read and find the answers to the questions.
4. Check the answers.
Ⅶ. Writing
1. Ss try to write their sentences.
2. Let some Ss read aloud their sentences to the class.
Ⅷ. Talking
1. Let some Ss translate the sentences into Chinese.
2. Give the Ss an example. Ss think about it and try to tell something.
3. Let some Ss talk about it.
Homework
1. Read the passages after class.
2. Make sentences with the phrase below:
as long as, be different from, bring out, be similar to, etc.
板书设计：
教学反思：
- 24 -
Period 4
Section B (3a-Self check)
一、教学目标：
1. 语言知识和能力目标：
1) 掌握下列词汇：primary, primary school, information
2) 复习如何对两者进行比较。
3) 总结回顾形容词或副词的比较级形式。
2. 情感态度价值观目标：
1) 能了解人与人之间的差异性，能做到相互理解相互学习。
2) 能正确看待自己和他人的优缺点，学人之长，补己之短。
二、教学重难点
1. 教学重点：
1) 能运用所学的知识对事物或人物进行对比。
2) 能正确运用形容词或副词的比较级形式。
2. 教学难点：
能根据提示信息，对两个人物或事物进行对比。
复习运用形容词或副词的比较级形式。
三、教学用具
录音机，多媒体，幻灯片，课本
四、教学过程
Ⅰ. Warming- up and revision
1. Have a dictation of the new words and expressions.
2. Let some Ss read their passages to the class.
3. Ask some Ss to compare themselves and their friends.
Ⅱ. Presentation
1. Show some pictures of the students of your class. Describe the Ss.
2. Let some Ss describe the student in the big screen.
Ⅲ. Writing
1. T: Wang Lingling and Liu Lili are best friends. Look at the chart below and compare them.
2. Ss try to write these sentences.
3. Check the answers.
Ⅳ. Writing
Work on 3b:
1. Think of your friends. Make notes about two of your friends.
2. Give some examples: popular, outgoing, serious, hard-working,etc.
3. Check the answers with each other.
Work on 3c:
1. Write two paragraphs describing your friends.
2. Show some Ss’ compositions on the big screen. Correct the mistakes in the composition.
Ⅴ. Practice
- 25 -
1. Ask the questions about the ad.
What do the English Study Center need?
Should the student be outgoing?
2. Let Ss read the ad and answer the questions.
3. Let Ss think about what the student like?
Give Ss some examples:
He/She should be outgoing. He/She should be good with children.
4. Tell Ss to compare two of their classmates. They can use the real names.
5. Ss talk with their partners and compare two of their classmates.
Ⅵ. Self Check
Work on Self Check 1
1. Look at the chart. Let one student read the words in the box first.
2. Tell Ss to put the words in the correct columns in the chart.
3. Ss work by themselves and then check the answers with the Ss.
Work on Self check 2
1. Tell Ss to fill in the blanks using the correct forms of the words in the brackets.
2. Ss work by themselves and fill in the blanks.
3. Check the answers with the Ss.
Work on Self check 2
1. Have a writing test.
2. Ss write the sentences quickly and see who writes best.
3. Encourage some Ss to work harder.
Homework
1. Review Section B.
2. Write about six sentences about their parents. Compare them.
板书设计：
教学反思：
- 26 -
Unit 4 What’s the best movie theater? Period 1
Section A (1a-2d)
一、教学目标：
1. 语言知识和能力目标：
1) 能掌握以下单词：theater, comfortable, seat, screen, close, ticket,etc. 能掌握以下句型：
① It has the biggest screens.
② It’s the most popular.
2) 能了解以下语法：
掌握形容词及副词的最高级形式；用最高级形式来描述人或物的特殊。
2. 情感态度价值观目标：
了解我们周围中有那些最出色的人或物。
二、教学重难点
1. 教学重点：
1) 形容词及副词最高级形式的构成。
2) 用形容词或副词的最高级形式来描述人或事物。
2. 教学难点：
用形容词或副词的最高级形式来描述人或事物。
三、教学过程
Ⅰ. Lead-in
向学生们介绍一座大家都很熟悉的电影院，谈论自己对这座建筑物的感受。 Ⅱ. Presentation
Learn the new words.
Ⅲ. Discussion
1. How do you choose which movie theater to go to?
2. Ss discuss with their partners and write the words in the box in the chart. Ⅳ. Listening
1. T: Tell Ss to read the sentences in the chart.
- 27 -
2. Play the recording for the Ss to listen and match the statement with the right movie theaters.
3. Play the recording again. Check the answers with the Ss.
Ⅴ. Pair work
1. Let Ss read the model with a partner.
2. Use the information in the chart of 1b. Ask and answer with a partner.
3. Let some pairs ask and answer about the chart.
Ⅵ. Listening
Work on 2a and 2b.
Ⅶ. Pair work
1. Role-play the conversation.
2. Ss act the conversation in pairs. Ask some pairs to act out their conversations. Ⅷ. Role-play
Homework:
写六个句子来说一下你们班的―最……‖。
板书设计：
教学反思：
- 28 -
Period 2
Section A (Grammar focus-3c)
一、教学目标：
1. 语言知识和能力目标：
1) 学习掌握下列词汇：worse, service, pretty, menu, act
2）进行一步复习巩固学习Section A 部分所学的生词和词组。
3）对形容词及副词的最高级形式的构成进行总结，掌握其构成规则。
4) 总结用形容词及形容词的最高级形式来描述人物或事物的句型结构。
2. 情感态度价值观目标：
了解我们周围中有那些最出色的人或物，知道生活中有很多值得我们去学习的人。周围环境中有很多值得我们去珍惜的事物。
二、教学重难点
1. 教学重点：
1) 复习巩固Section A 部分所学的生词和词组，达到熟练运用的目标。
2) 掌握和运用形容词和副词的最高级形式来描述人物或事物。
2. 教学难点：
1) 掌握一些特殊形容词或副词的最高级形式。
2) 运用形容词和副词的最高级形式来描述人物或事物。
三、教学过程
Ⅰ. Lead-in
Answer some questions.
Ⅱ. Grammar Focus
1. 学生阅读Grammar Focus中的句子，然后做练习：
2. 学生们根据记忆，看大屏幕来完成填空练习。
Ⅲ. Try to Find
一、形容词和副词的最高级形式的构成：
1. 学生们观察例词，发现他们的规则，与同学们讨论，并记下来。
2. 最后，由各小组长来说一说他们小组所做的总结。
二、用最高级来描述人物或事物的句型小结：
- 29 -
1. A + be + the 形容词最高级 + 表示范围的介词词组
2. A + 动词+ (the) 副词最高级 +（表示范围的介词词组）
Ⅳ. Practice
Work on 3a:
1. Tell Ss to read the sentences in 3a and try to fill in the blanks with correct forms of the words in brackets.
2. 方法指导：
Work on 3b:
1. 让学生们阅读表格中词语，并记忆这些词语的形式。
2. 让学生们思考一下他们居住地周围的一些商店的情况，并填写在表格中。 Ⅴ. Group work
1. 让一名学生读表格中的内容。并告诉学生们本学习活动的要求。
2. 学生们与自己的小组成员一起来讨论自己居住地周围的饭店的情况。 Ⅵ. Exercises
If time is enough, do some more exercises on big screen.
Homework
谈论一下自己班级的―班级之最‖ Who’s the tallest? (the ...)
板书设计
教学反思：
- 30 -
Period 3
Section B 1a-2e
一、教学目标：
1. 语言知识和能力目标：
1) 能掌握以下单词：creative, performer, talent，etc.
2) 能掌握以下句型：
① Who was the best performer？
② All these shoes have one thing in common.
2. 情感态度价值观目标：
了解一些选秀节目的实质及目的，正确对待生活中的一些歌星。
二、教学重难点
1. 教学重点：
1) 掌握本课时出现的生词及表达方式。
2) 进行听力训练，提高综合听说能力。
3）阅读短文，获得相关信息，提高学生们的综合阅读能力。
2. 教学难点
1). 听力训练
2). 阅读2b部分的短文并完成相关要求。
三、教学过程
Ⅰ. Warming- up and revision
Ⅱ. Presentation
1. T: Show some movie theater or restaurant in the neighborhood .
2. Talk about the clothes stores or food stores in your neighborhood. Ⅲ. Game
Ⅳ. Listening
Work on 1c:
Work on 1d:
1. Ss listen to the recording carefully and try to fill in the blanks.
2. Play the recording again and check the answers with the class. - 31 -
Ⅴ. Group work
1. Work in groups.
2. Make a model for the Ss.
Ⅵ. Reading
1. Let Ss read the passage quickly .
2 Ss read the passage quickly and find the answers to the questions.
Ⅶ. Reading
1. T: Now let’s work on 2c.
2. Ss read carefully and try to find the answers to the questions.
Ⅷ. Reading
1. T: Read the passage again.
2. Ss find the superlatives in the passage.Try to write their sentences.
Homework
1. 课后阅读短文，试着复述课文，总结课文出现的重难点词组及表达方式。
2. 完成2e中的调查，并写出一个调查报告。
板书设计：
教学反思：
- 32 -
Period 4
Section B 3a-Self check
一、教学目标：
1. 语言知识和能力目标：
1) 复习形容词及副词的比较的构成规则。掌握生词crowded。
2) 能够综合运用所掌握的知识来描述周围的地点及事物的特点。
3) 通过描述周围的地点及事物来综合运用所学的形容词及副词的比较的用法。
2. 情感态度价值观目标：
让学生认识到每个人都有自身的特长、优点和特点。
二、教学重难点
1. 教学重点：
1) 能运用所学的形容词或副词的最高级的用法，根据提示来完成选词填空的任务。
2）能运用所学的形容词或副词的最高级的用法来描写自己周围的一些地点和事物等。
2. 教学难点：
能运用所学的形容词或副词的最高级的用法来描写自己周围的一些地点和事物等。
三、教学过程
Ⅰ. Warming- up and revision
Ⅱ. Lead-in
1. Let Ss talk about ―What’s your favorite place to go on weekends? Why is it?‖ Ⅲ. Reading
1. Read the article about Greenwood Park.
2. 写作指导：
3. Ss try to read the article and try to fill in the blanks.
4. Check the answers with the Ss.
Ⅳ. Writing
- 33 -
Work on 3b:
Work on 3c:
Ⅴ. Discussion
1. Discuss the towns/cities in China with a partner.
2. Give Ss some examples:
Ⅵ. Self check
Work on Self check 1:
Work on Self check 2
Homework
1. Review Section B.
2. Imagine you are going to a talent show of famous people. Write an article about the talent show.
板书设计：
教学反思：
- 34 -
Unit 5 Do you want to watch a game show?
Period 1
Section A (1a-2d)
一、教学目标：
1. 语言知识和能力目标：
1) 能掌握以下单词：sitcom, news, soap, educational, plan, etc.
能掌握以下句型：
① What do you want to watch?
② What do you think of talk shows?
③ I can’t stand them.
2) 能了解以下语法：
动词不定式结构做动词的宾语；后面接动词不定式做宾语的动词。
3）学会陈述自己的看法；学会谈论自己的喜好。
2. 情感态度价值观目标：
学会谈论流行文化，了解各类电视和电视节目的名称和自己的喜欢。
二、教学重难点
1. 教学重点：
1) 学习掌握各类电视和电视节目的名称。
2) 掌握动词不定式结构做动词的宾语；了解后面接动词不定式做宾语的动词。
2. 教学难点：
掌握动词不定式结构做动词的宾语；了解后面接动词不定式做宾语的动词。
三、教学过程
Ⅰ. Lead-in
学生们根据图片提示学习各类电视节目并且练习运用What do you think of…?
Ⅱ. New words
Learn the names of the TV shows.
- 35 -
Ⅲ. Game
Ⅳ. Listening
1. T: Tell Ss to read the shows in the box.
2. Play the recording for the Ss to listen and number the shows1-4.
3. Play the recording again. Check the answers with the Ss. Ⅴ. Pair work
1. Let Ss look at the pictures in the box.
2. Let Ss read the conversation after the teacher.
3. Let some pairs ask and answer about the shows.
Ⅵ. Listening
Work on 2a:
Work on 2b:
Ⅶ. Pair work
Ⅷ. Role-play
IX. Homework
板书设计：
教学反思：
- 36 -
Period 2
Section A (Grammar Focus-3c)
一、教学目标：
1. 语言知识和能力目标：
1) 学习掌握下列词汇：joke, comedy
2）进行一步复习巩固运用Section A 部分所学的生词和词组。
3）进一步学习运用所学的知识来陈述自己的看法；学会谈论自己的喜好。
4) 掌握动词不定式结构做动词的宾语这一语法知识；掌握后面接动词不定式做宾语的动词。
2. 情感态度价值观目标：
学会谈论流行文化，了解各类电视和电视节目的名称和自己的喜欢。 注意引导学生们形成正确的文化观念，大力培养学生们的跨文化意义，形成自己独立的个性。
二、教学重难点
1. 教学重点：
1) 进一步学习运用所学的知识来陈述自己的看法；学会谈论自己的喜好。
2) 掌握动词不定式结构做动词的宾语这一语法知识；掌握后面接动词不定式做宾语的动词。
2. 教学难点：
掌握动词不定式结构做动词的宾语这一语法知识；掌握后面接动词不定式做宾语的动词。
三、教学过程
Ⅰ. Revision
Ⅱ. Grammar
动词不定式做宾语的用法：
动词不定式的形式：to +动词原形
Ⅲ. 及时练
用所给单词的适当形式填空
- 37 -
Ⅳ. New words
joke comedy
Ⅴ. Practice
Work on 3a:
Work on 3b:
Word on 3c:
VII. Exercises
VIII. Writing task
写一个报告，陈述一下你的爸爸、妈妈及祖父母亲分别喜欢看什么类型 节目，并简要说明原因。
My mother likes sitcom. She thinks they’re interesting. …
板书设计
教学反思：
- 38 -
Period 3
Section B 1a-2e
一、教学目标：
1. 语言知识和能力目标：
1) 能掌握以下单词：meaningless, action, action movie, cartoon,etc.
2) 能掌握以下句型：
① I like to watch action movies because they’re exciting.
② John wants to watch talk shows because they’re enjoyable.
2. 情感态度价值观目标：
了解他人对不同的电影或电视剧的看法，明白不同的人有不同的喜好，从而明确人们喜好的差异性；了解世界其他国家的文化，形成跨文化的意思。
二、教学重难点
1. 教学重点：
1) 掌握本课时出现的生词及表达方式。
2) 进行听力训练，提高综合听说能力。
3）阅读短文，获得相关信息，提高学生们的综合阅读能力。
2. 教学难点
1. 听力训练
2. 阅读2b部分的短文并完成相关要求。
三、教学过程
Ⅰ. Revision
看图画让学生们根据图片提示来完成句子，注意动词不定式的用法。 Ⅱ. Lead-in
T: Show some movies or shows on the big screen.
Let Ss discuss about them. Ask and answer what they think of them.
Ⅲ. New words
Present some new words on the big screen.
Ⅳ.Work on 1a
1. Work with your partners. Ask and answer about the movies or shows. - 39 -
2. Let Ss talk about the movies or shows with the words in 1a.
3. Let some pairs ask and answer in front of the class.
Ⅴ. Listening
Work on 1b:
Work on 1c:
1. Ss listen to the recording carefully and try to fill in the blanks.
2. Play the recording again and check the answers with the class.
Ⅵ. Discussion
Ⅶ. Reading
1. Introduce something about Disney.
2. New words.
3. Work on 2b.
Check the answers with the Ss.
4. Work on 2c.
First, let’s read the questions in the chart.
5. Work on 2d
VIII. Explanation
IX. Homework
1. Finish 2e on P38.
2. Remember the words and phrases in the lesson.
板书设计：
教学反思：
- 40 -
Period 4
Section B (3a-Self Check)
一、教学目标：
1. 语言知识和能力目标：
1) 掌握下列生词: dress up; take sb.’s place, army, do a good job
2) 复习to不定式做宾语的用法。掌握后面跟不定式结构做宾语的动词。
3) 能够综合运用所掌握的知识来描述自己所喜欢的一些动画片或影视剧。
2. 情感态度价值观目标：
1) 了解自己的爱好，尊重别人的爱好。
2) 了解一些影视片的内容, 丰富自己的文化知识。
二、教学重难点
1. 教学重点：
1) 能运用所学的知识及提示来阅读相关影视片的简介，并能完成相关任务。
2）能运用所学的知识与句型表达方式来简介一下自己所看过的影视片。
2. 教学难点：
能运用所学的知识与句型表达方式来简介一下自己所看过的影视片。
三、教学过程
Ⅰ. Revision
Ⅱ. Lead-in
Ask some questions about Mulan. Let the Ss think and answer the questions. Ⅲ. New words
Ⅳ. Reading
1. Read the article about Mulan.
2. Ss try to read the article and try to fill in the blanks.
3. Check the answers with the Ss.
Ⅴ.Writing
Work on 3b:
1. Think about your favorite movies.
- 41 -
2. Give some examples to the Ss.
3. Ss try to think about their favorite movies. Write notes for their own movie review.
4. Try to fill in the blanks.
Work on 3c:
1. Write about your movie review using the notes in 3b.
2. Let some Ss read their passage to the class.
Ⅵ. Discussion
Read the kinds of shows or movies in the chart in 4. Ask and answer about them with a partner. Write the answers in the chart.
VII. Self check
Work on Self check 1:
Fill in the blanks with the superlative forms of the words in the box.
Work on Self check 2 .
VIII. Homework
Write your movie review using the notes in 3b.
板书设计：
教学反思：
- 42 -
Unit 6 I’m going to study computer science. Period 1
Section A (1a-2d)
一、教学目标：
1. 语言知识和能力目标：
1) 能掌握以下单词：grow up, computer programmer, cook, etc.
2) 能了解以下语法：
掌握一般将来时态的构成形式；
3) 用一般将来时态表达将要做的事情。
2. 情感态度价值观目标：
每个人都有自己的梦想和对未来的打算。
二、教学重难点
1. 教学重点：
1) 学习一般将来时态的构成方式。
2) 学习本课时出现的重点句型,熟练运用一般将来时态。
2. 教学难点：
用一般将来时态表达自己未来的打算。
三、教学过程
Ⅰ. Lead-in
Ⅱ. Presentation
1. 播放幻灯片，展示一些职业的图片，来引导学生们学习一些新的职业名词：
2. 让学生们看大屏幕来学习记忆这些生词。
Ⅲ. Game
Ⅳ. Listening
1. T: Tell Ss to read the words of jobs in the chart.
2. Play the recording for the Ss to listen and fill in the blanks.
Ⅴ. Pair work
Let Ss read the model with a partner.
Ⅵ. Listening
- 43 -
Work on 2a:
1. Let Ss look at the pictures below.
2. Play the recording for the Ss to listen .
Work on 2b:
Let Ss read the chart below.
Ⅶ. Pair work
1. Tell Ss to ask and answer about Cheng Han’s plans using the information in 2b.
2. Give a model to the Ss.
Ⅷ. Role-play
根据图片提示或自己的实际想法编写一个对话。
--What are you going to be when you grow up?
--I’m going to be a/an…
--How are you going to do that?
--I’m going to…
板书设计：
教学反思：
- 44 -
Period 2
Section A (Grammar focus-3c)
一、教学目标：
1. 语言知识和能力目标：
1) 学习掌握下列词汇：college, education, medicine, etc.
2）进行下一步复习巩固学习Section A 部分所学的生词和词组。
3）总结一般将来时态的句子结构，并掌握其在不同句式中的句子结构。
4) 能够熟练运用一般将来时态的句子来表达自己未来的打算和做法等情况。
2. 情感态度价值观目标：
每个人都有自己的梦想和对未来的打算，对于将来想要从事的职业也充满了憧憬。
二、教学重难点
1. 教学重点：
1) 复习巩固Section A 部分所学的生词和词组，达到熟练运用的目标。
2) 能够熟练运用一般将来时态的句子来表达自己未来的打算和做法等情况。
2. 教学难点：
1) 掌握一般将来时态的句子结构，并掌握其在不同句式中的句子结构。
2) 能够熟练运用一般将来时态的句子来表达自己未来的打算和做法等情况。
三、教学过程
Ⅰ. Warming- up and revision
Ⅱ. Grammar Focus.
学生阅读Grammar Focus中的句子，然后做填空练习。
Ⅲ. Try to Find
一、一般将来时态：
1. 表示即将发生的事或最近 ____________ 的动作。
Ⅳ. Practice
- 45 -
Work on 3a:
Tell Ss to read the sentences in 3a and match what these people want to do with what they are going to do.
Work on 3b:
Ⅴ. Group work
Ⅵ. Exercises
If time is enough, do some more exercises on big screen.
Homework
复习Grammar focus 中的内容。
板书设计
教学反思：
- 46 -
Period 3
Section B 1a-2e
一、教学目标：
1. 语言知识和能力目标：
1) 能掌握以下单词：resolution, team, foreign, able, be able to, etc.
2) 能掌握以下句式结构：
① ─What are you going to do next year?
─I’m going to take guitar lessons.
② Many resolutions have to do with self-improvement.
2. 情感态度价值观目标：
通过学习这单元的内容来激发学生们的学习主动性和学习兴趣。
二、教学重难点
1. 教学重点：
1) 掌握本课时出现的生词及表达方式。
2) 进行听力训练，提高综合听说能力。
3） 阅读短文，获得相关信息，提高学生们的综合阅读能力。
2. 教学难点
1. 听力训练
2. 阅读2b部分的短文并完成相关要求。
三、教学过程
Ⅰ. Warming- up and revision
Ⅱ. Presentation
Present some other New Year’s Resolutions on the big screen.
Let Ss try remember these resolutions and think of other resolutions. Ⅲ. Talking
1. Tell your partners your New Year’s Resolutions.
2. Let Ss say as many resolutions as they can.
Ⅳ. Listening
Work on 1c:
- 47 -
Work on 1d:
1. Ss listen to the recording carefully and try to fill in the blanks.
2. Play the recording again and check the answers with the class.
Ⅴ. Group work
1. Work in groups.
Ⅵ. Reading
1. T: This passage is about resolutions. Now read the passage quickly.
2. Let Ss read the sentences in the box first. Let some Ss say the meanings. Ⅶ. Reading
1. T: Now let’s work on 2c.
2. Ss read carefully and try to find the answers to the questions.
3. Check the answers with the class.
Homework
1. 课后阅读短文，试着复述课文，总结课文出现的重难点词组及表达方式。
2. 完成2e的任务；用这些词组来造句。
板书设计：
教学反思：
- 48 -
Period 4
Section B 3a-Self check
一、教学目标：
1. 语言知识和能力目标：
1) 复习一般将来时态的构成。掌握生词own, personal, relationship
2) 能够综合运用一般将来时态及所给的提示词来完成阅读填空的任务。
3) 能够综合运用所学的知识来学习写作自己的新年决心。
4）通过完成Self check的中练习题来全面复习一般将来时态的用法。
2. 情感态度价值观目标：
通过学习这单元的内容来激发学生们的学习主动性和学习兴趣，使他们更加有理想，并为实现自己的理想而不断努力。
二、教学重难点
1. 教学重点：
1) 能够综合运用一般将来时态及所给的提示词来完成阅读填空的任务。
2）能够综合运用所学的知识来学习写作自己的新年决心。
2. 教学难点：
能够综合运用所学的知识来学习写作自己的新年决心。
三、教学过程
Ⅰ. Warming- up and revision
Ⅱ. Lead-in
Ask Ss about their New Year’s Resolutions:
…
Ⅲ. Reading
1. Tell Ss to work on 3b. Complete the first two paragraphs about resolutions with the words in the box.
2. Ss try to read the article and try to fill in the blanks.
3. Check the answers with the Ss.
Ⅳ. Writing
Work on 3b:
- 49 -
1. Read the headings below.
2. Write your own resolutions under the following heading.
Work on 3c:
Ⅴ. Discussing
Discuss the environment in your city.
Ⅵ. Self check
Work on Self check 1:
1. Match the jobs with the school subjects.
2. Check the answers.
Work on Self check 2
Homework
1. Review Section B.
板书设计：
教学反思： - 50 -
Unit 7 Will people have robots?
Period 1
Section A (1a-2d)
一、教学目标：
1. 语言知识和能力目标：
1) 能掌握以下单词： paper, pollution, prediction, future, pollute，etc.
2) 能掌握以下句型：
① What will the future be like?
Cities will be more polluted. And there will be fewer trees.
② Will people use money in 100 years.
3) 能了解以下语法：
will + 动词原形 来表达一般将来时态。
4） 学会表达自己对未来的看法；学会谈论自己未来的打算。
2. 情感态度价值观目标：
通过引导学生展望未来，及对未来生活的设计。
二、教学重难点
1. 教学重点：
1) 学习掌握一般将来时态的意义和结构。
2) 掌握There be句型的一般将来时态的结构。
2. 教学难点：
掌握more/fewer；more/less的用法。
情态动词will + 动词原形来表达一般将来时态。
三、教学过程
Ⅰ. Lead-in
Ⅱ. Presentation
1. 引导学生们看大屏幕上的图片，根据图示来理解will来表达一般将来时。
2. 让学生们看大屏幕上图片，并让学生学习will + 动词原形及won’t + 动词原形的用法。通过例句让学生们理解。
Ⅲ. Game
- 51 -
Ⅳ. Listening
1. Play the recording for the Ss to listen and circle the predictions.
2. Play the recording again. Check the answers with the Ss.
Ⅴ. Pair work
1. Let Ss read the first conversation in 1c after the teacher.
2. Then let Ss ask and answer questions about the predictions in 1a.
3. Let some pairs ask and answer about their conversations.
Ⅵ. Listening
Work on 2a:
1. Play the recording for the Ss to listen and circle the words.
2. Play the recording again to check the answers.
Work on 2b:
Ⅶ. Pair work
1. Tell Ss ask and answer questions about the predictions in 2a and 2b.
2. Ask some pairs to act their conversations.
Ⅷ. Role-play
Homework:
Recite the conversation in 2d after school
板书设计：
教学反思：
- 52 -
Period 2
Section A (Grammar Focus-3c)
一、教学目标：
1. 语言知识和能力目标：
1) 学习掌握下列词汇：peace, sea, sky
2) 进行一步复习巩固运用Section A 部分所学的生词和词组。
3) 进一步学习运用所学的知识来陈述自己对将来的看法。
2. 情感态度价值观目标：
通过对前景的设想，让学生在潜移默化中反省自己的现状。
二、教学重难点
1. 教学重点：
1) 进一步学习运用所学的知识来陈述自己对将来的看法；学会谈论自己的对将来的预言。
2) 掌握情态动词will来表达一般将来时态这一语法知识；并运用所学的知识来表达将来的活动。
2. 教学难点：
掌握情态动词will来表达一般将来时态这一语法知识；
三、教学过程
Ⅰ. Warming- up and revision
Ⅱ. Grammar Focus.
Ⅲ. Try to Find
一般将来时态
肯定式：主语+ will + 动词原形
否定式：主语 + won’t + 动词原形
一般疑问句式：
肯定回答：Yes , 主语 + will.
否定回答： No, 主语 + won’t.
- 53 -
Ⅳ. Practice
Work on 3a:
1. Tell Ss to read the conversation in 3a and try to fill in the blanks.
2. 方法指导：
Work on 3b:
Ⅴ. Group work
小组中的同学们对未来的城市进行讨论。
Ⅵ. Exercises
If time is enough, do some more exercises on big screen.
Homework
50年后，你的生活将会怎么样？并写六个句子来描述一下。 In fifty years, …
板书设计
教学反思：
- 54 -
Period 3
Section B 1a-2e
一、教学目标：
1. 语言知识和能力目标：
1) 能掌握以下单词：apartment, rocket, space, space station, even, etc.
2) 能掌握以下句型：
① —Where do you live？ —I live in an apartment.
② There are already robots working in factories.
3) 能综合运用will表达一般将来时态。
2. 情感态度价值观目标：
通过引导学生展望未来，及对未来生活的设计，来达到前景教育的目的。
二、教学重难点
1. 教学重点：
1) 掌握本课时出现的生词及表达方式。
2) 进行听力训练，提高综合听说能力。
3） 阅读短文，获得相关信息，提高学生们的综合阅读能力。
2. 教学难点
1. 听力训练
2. 阅读2b部分的短文并完成相关要求。
三、教学过程
Ⅰ. Warming- up and revision
1. Daily greeting.
2. 复习情态动词will 构成的一般将来时态的构成。
Ⅱ. Lead -in
Explain some main words to the Ss . Give some examples on the big screen. Ⅲ. Discussion
1. Work with your partners. Think of other words and write them in the chart in 1a.
2. Let Ss discuss the words and write them in the chart.
Ⅳ. Listening
- 55 -
Work on 1c:
Work on 1d:
Ⅴ. Discussion
1. Work in groups.
2. Ask some Ss describe the robots they know.
Ⅵ. Reading
1. T: Are you interested in robots? Do you want to have a robot?
2. Let Ss read the passage quickly and complete sentences .
Ⅶ. Reading
1. T: Now let’s work on 2c.
2. 方法指导：
Ⅷ. Reading
1. T: Read the passage again.
2. 方法指导：
Homework
1. 课后阅读短文，试着复述课文，总结课文出现的重难点词组及表达方式。
2. 完成2e中的任务，并将句子写在作业本。
板书设计：
教学反思：
- 56 -
Period 4
Section B 3a-Self check
一、教学目标：
1. 语言知识和能力目标：
1) 掌握下列生词: probably, during, holiday, word
2) 复习用will表达一般将来时态的用法。结合机器人这一话题表达自己的想法。
3） 能够综合运用所掌握的知识来描述自己未来生活的情况
2. 情感态度价值观目标：
让学生在潜移默化中反省自己的现状
二、教学重难点
1. 教学重点：
1) 能运用所学的知识及提示来阅读相关个人未来生活预测，并能完成相关任务。
2）能运用所学的知识与句型表达方式来描绘一下自己未来的生活。
3） 复习要单元所学的重点知识点，并完成相关复习任务。
2. 教学难点：
能运用所学的知识与句型表达方式来描绘一下自己未来的生活。
三、教学过程
Ⅰ. Warming- up and revision
Have a dictation of the new words and expressions.
Ⅱ. Lead in
Ⅲ. Reading
1. Read the article about Jill’s life in the future.
2. 阅读指导：
3. Ss try to read the article and try to fill in the blanks.
4. Check the answers with the Ss.
Ⅳ. Writing
Work on 3b:
- 57 -
1. Think about your life 20 years from now. Write down some notes .
2. Try to fill in the blanks.
Work on 3c
1. Write about your life 20 years from now using the notes in 3b.
2. 写作指导：
Ⅴ. Discussion
Discuss how a robot will help students with schoolwork in the future. Ⅵ. Self check
Work on Self check 1:
1. Put the words in the correct columns in the chart.
2. Make sure Ss know what they school.
Work on Self check 2
1. Tell Ss to read the conversation below.
2. Do the first one for the Ss as a model.
Homework
Review Section B.
板书设计：
教学反思：
- 58 -
Unit 8 How do you make a banana milk shake?
Period 1
Section A (1a-2d)
一、教学目标：
1. 语言知识和能力目标：
1) 能掌握以下单词：shake, milk shake, blender, turn on, etc.
2) 能掌握以下句型：
① ─How do you make a banana milk shake?
─First, peel the bananas…
② ─How many bananas do we need?
3) 能了解以下语法：掌握用how much 和how many对事物的数量提问。
4) 学会描述做一些常见食物的过程，并能正确地运用表示顺序的词汇。
2. 情感态度价值观目标：
1培养学生的实际生活能力, 珍惜他人的劳动成果。
二、教学重难点
1. 教学重点：
1) 用how much与how many来对数量提问。
2) 动词词组；描述过程的顺序词。
2. 教学难点：能恰当地使用祈使句表达食物的制作过程。
三、教学用具
录音机，多媒体，幻灯片，课本
四、教学过程
I. Warming up
T: What’s your favorite fruit?
II. Lead-in
1. T: Great, those taste nice. Today we are going to learn how to make a banana milk shake.
2. Do 1a. Ask Ss to write the names of the actions.
3. Teach the names of all items.
Focus on the pictures.
4. Point out the actions in the picture and the list of actions in activity 1b . Play the recording and check the answers.
Ⅲ. Listening
1b Listen and put the instructions in order.
Ⅳ. Game
Ⅴ. Pair work
Work on 1c:
Let some pairs ask and answer about the chart.
Ⅵ. Listening
Work on 2a:
- 59 -
1. Let Ss look at the pictures below.
2. Play the recording for the Ss to listen and complete the chart.
Work on 2b:
1. Let Ss read the chart below.
2.Play the recording for the Ss to write the correct answers in the chart.
3. Play the recording again to check the answers.
Ⅶ. Pair work
1. Tell Ss to ask and answer questions about how to make fruit salad.
2. Give a model to the Ss.
3. Ss work in pairs. Try to ask and answer about how to make fruit salad.
4. Ask some pairs to act out their conversations.
Ⅷ. Role-play
1. Read the conversations and fill in the chart below.
2. Explain some new words and main points in the conversation.
Homework:
做自己喜欢的水果奶昔，并简要说明过程。 可以用下列表示过程的词汇来让你描述更加清晰明了。 first, next, then, … finally…
板书设计：
教学反思：
- 60 -
Period 2
Section A (Grammar focus-3c)
一、教学目标：
1. 语言知识和能力目标：
1) 学习掌握下列词汇：sugar, cheese, popcorn , corn, machine, dig, hole
2）进行一步复习巩固学习Section A 部分所学的生词和词组。
3）掌握正确用how much和how many对事物的数量进行提问。
4) 能够熟练运用所学的知识，来正确描述做简单食物的过程，正确运用表示顺序的词。
2.情感态度价值观目标：
通过制作食物的介绍, 培养学生的实际生活能力和动手能力。
二、教学重难点
1. 教学重点：
1) 复习巩固Section A 部分所学的生词和词组，达到熟练运用的目标。
2) 掌握正确用how much和how many对事物的数量进行提问。
2. 教学难点：
1) 能够熟练运用所学的知识，来正确描述做简单食物的过程，正确运用表示顺序的词。
2) 能够分清可数名词与不可数名词，会用数量词来计量一些不可数名词。
三、教学用具
录音机，多媒体，幻灯片，课本
四、教学过程
Ⅰ. Warming- up and revision
Ⅱ. Grammar Focus.
1. 学生阅读Grammar Focus中的句子，然后做填空练习。
2. 学生们根据记忆，看大屏幕来完成填空练习。
3. 学生们完成填空试题后，可以打开课本检查答案，对错误的句子，单独进行强化记忆。
Ⅲ. Try to Find
句型转换：
Ⅳ. Practice
Work on 3a:
1. Circle the correct word in each question:
2. 最后，教师与同学们一起校对答案，并对学生们有疑问的地方进行解释。
V. Work on 3b:
1. 让学生们阅读对话，整体把握对话的意思。
2. 仔细读制作爆米花的过程，根据图片及上下文意及时态来确定空格处所应填的词。
3. 和学生们一起校对答案。
4. 让学生们朗读并表演这个对话。
- 61 -
VI. Group work
1. 让学生们看表格中的四个活动项目，让学生们根据自己的生活阅历来选择一个较为熟悉的话题，并与自己的小组成员进行讨论如何做此事。
2. 将做这个事情的过程例一个较为清晰的单子，并用英语描述一下。
3. 与一位同学一起用英语讨论一下，如何做这个活动。
4. 听一听其他同学们擅长的项目，并表达自己的想法或问题。 (最后，可以经学生们评议来推举谁是最会做事情的同学）
VII. Homework
1. 复习Grammar Focus 中的内容。
2. 从3c中选择一个活动项目，用英语将其过程描写出来。注意正确运用表示顺序
的词汇：fist, next, then, after that, finally。
板书设计：
教学反思：
- 62 -
Period 3
Section B (1a-2e)
一、教学目标：
1. 语言知识和能力目标：
1) 能掌握以下单词：sandwich, butter, turkey, lettuce, etc.
2) 能掌握以下句式结构：
① ─Do you like lettuce in a sandwich?
─Yes, I do./ No, I don’t.
② It’s a time to give thanks for food in the autumn.
③ Cut the turkey into thin pieces.
2. 情感态度价值观目标：
1) 在活动中渗透中西方餐饮文化，让学生认识到劳动成果的来之不易。
二、教学重难点
1. 教学重点：
1) 掌握本课时出现的生词及表达方式。
2) 进行听力训练，提高综合听说能力。
3）阅读短文，获得相关信息，提高学生们的综合阅读能力。
2. 教学难点：
1). 听力训练
2). 阅读2b部分的短文并完成相关要求。
三、教学用具
录音机，多媒体，幻灯片，课本
四、教学过程
Ⅰ. Warming- up and revision
Ⅱ. Presentation
Ask Ss that what ingredients they need. Ask two students to write the ingredients on the Bb.
Ⅲ. Talking
1. Talk about the ingredients they like in the sandwich.
2. S1: Do you like lettuce in a sandwich? S2: Yes, I do.
3. Let Ss ask and answer in pairs.
Ⅳ. Listening
Work on 1c:
1. Tell Ss to listen and circle the words they hear in 1a.
3. Play the recording for the Ss to listen and circle.
4. Check the answers:
Work on 1d:
1. T: Now please look at the chart in 1d. Tell Ss to listen again and write the ingredients in the order they hear them.
2. Ss listen to the recording carefully and try to fill in the blanks.
3. Play the recording again and check the answers with the class.
Ⅴ. Group work
- 63 -
1. Work in groups. Discuss the traditional food people eat on special holidays in China. Then make a list.
2. Ask some Ss to read their lists to the class.
3. Ask some other Ss add more.
Ⅵ. Reading
1. T: Look at the article and the pictures. Can you guess what the passage is mainly about?
Let some Ss try to guess the meaning of the passage.
2. Let Ss read the passage quickly and number the pictures [1-5].
3. Ss read the passage quickly and number the pictures [1-5].
4. Check the answers with the Ss.
Ⅶ. Reading
1. T: Now let’s work on 2c. First, let’s read the sentences and make sure we know the meanings of all the sentences. Then read the passage again and try to answer the questions.
2. Ss read carefully and try to find the answers to the questions.
3. Check the answers with the class.
Ⅷ. Reading
1. T: Now let’s read the short passage in 2d. Put them in order. Write First, Next, Then and finally in the blanks.
Read the passage again. Then answer the questions with short sentences.
2. Ss try to answer put the sentences in order. Check the answers.
Ⅸ.Discussion
Homework
根据2e部分的内容；选择自己认为重要的节日，并写出你较为熟悉的食物的制作过程。
板书设计：
教学反思
- 64 -
Period 4
Section B (3a-Self check)
一、教学目标：
1. 语言知识和能力目标：
1) 复习如何制作火鸡宴，以及其他学生们熟悉的传统食物的制作过程。
2) 能够综合运用所学的知识以及根据所给的提示词来完成阅读填空的任务。
3) 能够综合运用所学的知识来学习写作自己所熟悉的食物的制作过程以及所需的原料。
4）通过完成Self check的中练习题来全面复习how much和how many的用法。
2. 情感态度价值观目标：
认识劳动成果的来之不易，珍惜他人的劳动成果。
二、教学重难点
1. 教学重点：
1) 能够综合运用所学的知识以及根据所给的提示词来完成阅读填空的任务。
2) 能够综合运用所学的知识来学习写作自己较为熟悉的食物的制作过程。
2. 教学难点：能够综合运用所学的知识来学习写作自己较为熟悉的食物的制作过程。
三、教学过程
Ⅰ. Warming- up and revision
Ⅱ. Lead-in
Ⅲ. Reading
1. Tell Ss to work on 3a.
2. Ss try to read the article and try to fill in the blanks.
3. Check the answers with the Ss.
Ⅳ. Writing
Work on 3b:
1. Read the headings below. Think about your own favorite food in your hometown.
2. Then make a list of the ingredients of the food.
3. Ss try to think about the ingredients of the food and try to write them down.
4. Check the answers with your partners.
Work on 3c:
1. Tell Ss to use the notes in 3b and write a recipe for your favorite food. (Write about the ingredients you need and how to make it).
2. 学生们根据写作提示，及指导的内容来试着写自己的食谱。
3. Let some Ss read their passage to the class. Give any help if necessary. Ⅴ. Group work
- 65 -
1. Make up a crazy recipe with your partner.
2. Tell another pair of students how to make this crazy food. The other pair will have to draw it.
3. Give Ss some examples:
First, put some yogurt on a piece of bread. Then, cut up one apple, and an onion and
Put them on the yogurt…
4. Ss try to write about their own crazy recipe in pairs. Then tell another group.
5. See which recipe is the craziest and which group draws the best.
Ⅵ. Self check
Work on Self check 1
1. Tell Ss the sentences are not in the right order. Please read the sentences and put them in the right order first. Then complete the instructions with the words in the box.
2. Ss work by themselves the try to number the instructions first.
3. Check the answers and explain some main points.
4. 学生们试着复述制作西红柿鸡蛋汤的过程。
Work on Self check 2
Tell Ss to write questions and answers using the words in brackets below. VII. Homework
想一想，你在家里最喜欢吃的一道菜。了解一下它的做法，用英语将做这个菜所需的材料以及简单的过程用英语描述出来。
板书设计：
教学反思：
- 66 -
Unit 9 Can you come to my party?
Period 1
Section A (1a-2d)
一、教学目标：
1. 语言知识和能力目标：
1) 能掌握以下单词：prepare, prepare for, exam, flu, available, etc.
2) 能掌握以下句型：
① — Can you come to my party on Saturday afternoon?
— Sure, I’d love to.
③ That’s too bad. Maybe another time.
2) 能了解以下语法：
用情态动词can来表达邀请。
3）学会表达邀请，学会对邀请进行恰当的答复或拒绝。
2. 情感态度价值观目标：
学会人际交往的基本常识，理解“义务”涵义。
二、教学重难点
1. 教学重点：
1) 运用所学提出邀请，接受邀请和拒绝邀请。
2) 正确使用can, might, must 等情态动词。
2. 教学难点：
1) 扎实掌握重点词汇和表示邀请的句型并能灵活运用。
三、教学过程
Ⅰ. Lead-in
1. 在大屏幕上向学生展示一张邀请函。
2. Ss try to answer the questions.
Ⅱ. Presentation
1. 引导学生们看大屏幕上邀请及两个答语。
2. 用汉语向学生说明回答别人邀请时，所作的两种类型的答复。 Ⅲ. Game
- 67 -
1. 学生看大屏幕上的转盘，根据转盘所停止位置的词组来做邀请与应答的游戏。
2. Make a model to the Ss:
Ⅳ. Listening
Play the recording for the students listen.
Ⅴ. Group work
1. Help students form groups of four.
2. Have the students work in groups.
Ⅵ. Listening
Work on 2a:
Read the sentences in 2a.
Work on 2b:
Ⅶ. Pair work
Ⅷ. Role-play
Homework:
1. Recite the conversation in 2d after school.
板书设计：
教学反思：
- 68 -
Period 2
Section A (Grammar Focus-3c)
一、教学目标：
1. 语言知识和能力目标：
1) 学习掌握下列词汇：invite, accept, refuse
2）进行一步复习巩固运用Section A 部分所学的生词和词组。
3）进一步学习运用所学的知识来表达邀请；学会如何回答别人对自己的邀请，以及学会如何有礼貌地拒绝他人的邀请，并陈述理由。
4) 掌握情态动词can, must, have to, might的用法。
2. 情感态度价值观目标：
学会人际交往的基本常识，学会有礼貌地邀请别人以及回答别人的邀请。
二、教学重难点
1. 教学重点：
1) 进一步学习运用所学的知识来表达邀请；学会有礼貌地答复他人对自己的邀请。
2) 掌握情态动词can来表达邀请；运用情态动词have to, must, might等有礼貌地说明拒绝他人邀请的理由。
2. 教学难点：
1) 能熟练进行邀请及应答。
2) 运用情态动词have to, must, might等有礼貌地说明拒绝他人邀请的理由。
三、教学过程
Ⅰ. Warming- up and revision
Ⅱ. Grammar Focus.
1. 学生阅读Grammar Focus中的句子，然后做填空练习。
Ⅲ. Try to Find
如何表达邀请与答复别人的邀请：
Ⅳ. Practice
Work on 3a:
- 69 -
1. Tell Ss to read the conversation in 3a and try to complete the answers .
2. 方法指导：
Work on 3b:
让部分学生与自己的伙伴说一说自己所写的小对话。大家一起改正句子中的错误。
Ⅴ. Group work
小组中的同学们每个人都填写一张表格（见3c中表格）来明确自己近期要做的事情，选择一个恰当的时间来开一个聚会。
Ⅵ. Exercise
If time is enough, do some more exercises on big screen.
Homework
1. 复习Grammar Focus 中的内容。
板书设计
教学反思：
- 70 -
Period 3
Section B 1a-2e
一、教学目标：
1. 语言知识和能力目标：
1) 能掌握以下单词：the day before yesterday, weekday, look after, etc.
2) 能掌握以下句型：
① — What’s today？ — It’s Monday.
② — Can you play tennis with me? — Sorry, I can’t. I …
3) 能综合运用can来表达邀请。
4）通过阅读邀请函来掌握必要的信息。
2. 情感态度价值观目标：
学会珍惜朋友之间、师生之间的友情。
二、教学重难点
1. 教学重点：
1) 掌握本课时出现的生词及表达方式。
2) 进行听力训练，提高综合听说能力。
3）阅读短文，获得相关信息，提高学生们的综合阅读能力。
2. 教学难点
1. 听力训练
2. 阅读2b部分的短文并完成相关要求。
三、教学过程
Ⅰ. Warming- up and revision
Ⅱ. Lead-in
1. Ask Ss some questions:
Ⅲ. Discussion
1. Work with your partners. Look at the chart in 1a. Then ask and answer with a partner.
Ⅳ. Listening
Work on 1c:
- 71 -
1. Tell Ss to listen to Vince and Andy’s conversation. Then circle Yes or No.
2. Play the recording for the Ss.
Work on 1d:
Ⅴ. Pair work
Work on 2a:
1. Work in pairs.
Work on 2b:
Make a list of kinds of parties people have.
Ⅵ. Reading
T: Did you have a surprise party for sb.?
Ⅶ. Reading
1. T: Now let’s work on 2c. 2. Ss read carefully and try to answer the questions.
3. Check the answers with the class.
Work on 2e:
Homework
板书设计：
教学反思：
- 72 -
Period 4
Section B 3a-Self Check
一、教学目标：
1. 语言知识目标：
1) 掌握下列生词: daytime, concert, headmaster, event, guest, calendar
2) 复习邀请信的表达方式，阅读相关邀请信并能获得相关信息，回答相关问题。
2. 情感态度价值观目标：
理解人与人之间的真情，学会珍惜朋友之间、师生之间的友情。
二、教学重难点
1. 教学重点：
1) 复习邀请信的表达方式，阅读相关邀请信并能获得相关信息，回答相关问题。
2）能够综合运用所掌握的知识并根据相关提示来完成写一个简单的邀请信的任务。
2. 教学难点：
通过写一个邀请信及答复伙伴的邀请信，达到综合运用所学知识的目的。
三、教学过程
Ⅰ. Warming- up and revision
Ⅱ. Lead-in
1. Ask Ss what an opening party is.
Ⅲ. Reading
1. T: Now let’s work on 3a:
Ⅳ. Writing
Work on 3b:
1. Think about a party or any other event you know. Write an invitation.
2. Let some Ss read the information in the chart.
3. Ss try to write an invitation using the information in the chart.
4. Read their invitations and check if there are mistakes.
- 73 -
Ⅴ. Pair work
1. Read the calendar in 4. Make sure Ss know the activities in each day.
2. Tell Ss how to do it.
3. Make a model to the Ss:
Ⅵ. Self Check
Work on Self Check 1:
1. Fill in the blanks in the conversation.
2. Let Ss read the conversation first and try fill in the blanks.
Work on Self check 2
1. Tell Ss how to do this task.
2. Check the answers with the class.
Homework
Review Section B.
板书设计：
教学反思：
- 74 -
Unit 10 If you go to the party, you’ll have a great time!
Period 1
Section A (1a-2d)
一、教学目标：
1. 语言知识和能力目标：
1) 能掌握以下单词： meeting, video, organize, potato chips,etc.
能掌握以下句型：
─I think I’ll go to the party with Karen and Anna.
─If you go to the party, you’ll have a great time!
2) 能了解以下语法：
掌握含if条件状语从句的主从复合句的用法。
3) 能用if 引导的条件状语从句作出假设，用will谈论结果。
2. 情感态度价值观目标：
学习因果关系的表达和做出合理的建议。
二、教学重难点
1. 教学重点、难点：
（1）重点句型：—I think I’m going to go to the party with Karen and Ann.
—If you do, you’ll have a great time.
（2）正确使用if 引导的条件状语从句
三、教学过程
Ⅰ. Lead-in
Ask some questions.
Ⅱ. Presentation
1．Show some pictures to present new structure,practice with the students:
2．Show some pictures to present the following:
Ⅲ. Game
- 75 -
Ⅳ. Listening
Work on 1c:
1. Point out the statements and the responses in activity 1a. Tell Ss to listen.
2. Play the recording for the Ss listen.
Ⅴ. Pair work
1. Let Ss read the model with a partner.
2. Look at the pictures above.
3. Let some pairs ask and answer about the pictures.
Ⅵ. Listening
Work on 2a:
1. Let Ss read the two sentences below. Make sure they know what to do.
2. Play the recording for the Ss to listen and circle the right answers. Work on 2b:
1. Let Ss read the phrases and questions below.
2. Play the recording for the Ss to write the correct answers.
Ⅶ. Pair work
Ss work in pairs and practice the conversation.
Ⅷ. Role-play
板书设计：
教学反思：
- 76 -
Period 2
Section A (Grammar Focus-3c)
一、教学目标：
1. 语言知识和能力目标：
1) 学习掌握下列词汇：upset, taxi, advice
2）进行一步复习巩固学习Section A 部分所学的生词和词组。
3）掌握正确用含if条件状语从句的主从句。
4) 能够熟练运用所学的知识，用if来表达条件，用will来表达结果。
2. 情感态度价值观目标：
在英语交流中注意并观察他人的情感。
二、教学重难点
1. 教学重点：
1) 复习巩固Section A 部分所学的生词和词组，达到熟练运用的目标。
2) 能够熟练运用所学的知识，用if来表达条件，用will来表达结果。
2. 教学难点：
1) 掌握正确用含if条件状语从句的主从句。
2) 能够熟练运用所学的知识，用if来表达条件，用will来表达结果。
三、教学过程
Ⅰ. Warming- up and revision
Ⅱ. Grammar Focus
Ⅲ. Try to Find
一、含if条件状语从句的主从复合句
二、 Game:
Boys and girls have a competition:
Ⅳ. Practice
Work on 3a:
1. Ss skim the passage first. Try to know the meaning of the passage.
2. 方法指导：
Work on 3b:
- 77 -
Ⅴ. Group work
1. Make a story in group.
2. Write a story with your group on a piece of paper.
3. Make sure Ss know what to do.
4. 学生们合作每个同学用 ―I think I will… If I…, I will…‖ 来写一个句子。 Ⅵ. Exercises
用动词的适当形式填空。
Homework
1. 复习Grammar Focus 中的内容。
2. 将3c的短文，再完整地写一遍。
板书设计
教学反思：
- 78 -
Period 3
Section B 1a-2e
一、教学目标：
1. 语言知识和能力目标：
1) 能掌握以下单词：travel, agent, expert, keep…to oneself, etc.
2) 能掌握以下句式结构：
① ─What do you think I should do? Can you give some advice?
─I think I should go to college.
② But If I go to college, I’ll never become a great soccer player.
2. 情感态度价值观目标：
学习因果关系的表达和做出合理的建议。
二、教学重难点
1. 教学重点：
1) 掌握本课时出现的生词及表达方式。
2) 进行听力训练，提高综合听说能力。
3） 阅读短文，获得相关信息，提高学生们的综合阅读能力。
2. 教学难点
1. 听力训练
2. 阅读2b部分的短文并完成相关要求。
三、教学过程
Ⅰ. Warming- up and revision
Ⅱ. Presentation
1. be happy; travel around the world; go to college; be famous, get an education… Ⅲ. Talking
1. What is the most important thing to you?
2. Let Ss ask and answer in pairs.
Ⅳ. Listening
Work on 1b:
1. Tell Ss to listen and look at the list in 1a.
- 79 -
2. Play the recording for the Ss to listen and write.
3. Check the answers:
Work on 1c:
1. T: Now please read the sentences in 1c.
2. Ss listen to the recording carefully and try to choose the right answers. Ⅴ. Pair work
Work in pairs on 1c:
Work on 2a.
1. T: What kinds of things do you worry about?
2. Let some pairs ask and answer their questions.
Ⅵ. Reading
1. T: Read the three statements below and then skim the passage.
2. Check the answers with the Ss.
Ⅶ. Reading
1. T: Now let’s work on 2c.
First, let’s read the questions and make sure we know the meanings.
Ⅷ. Reading
1. T: Now let’s read the short passage and the phrases in 2d.
2. Ss try to fill in the blanks with the right forms. Check the answers. Ⅸ. Discussion
Homework
1. 课后阅读短文。
2. 课下再根据2e部分的内容；写一个调查报告，表述自己小组同学的困难 。 板书设计
教学反思：
- 80 -
Period 4
Section B 3a-Self Check
一、教学目标：
1. 语言知识和能力目标：
1) 复习讨论自己及伙伴们所有的问题，并能通过讨论来找到解决问题的办法。
2) 能够综合运用所学的知识以及根据所给的提示词来完成描述他人的问题及解决办法 的小短文。
2. 情感态度价值观目标：
提高他们学习英语的兴趣，积极参与英语实践活动。
二、教学重难点
1）能够综合运用所学的知识来描述他人的问题及解决办法 的小短文。
2）通过完成Self check的中练习题来全面复习本单元的重难点知识点。
三、教学过程
Ⅰ. Warming up and revision
Ⅱ. Lead-in
Show some pictures of different kind of ―problem‖.
Ⅲ. Discussing
Let Ss discuss what kind of problem they usually have in their group. Make a list of them.
2. Let some Ss read their worries.
Ⅳ. Writing
1. Tell Ss to work on 3b. First, read the structures below to plan your writing.
2. 写作指导：
3. Let some Ss read their passages and try to find if there are any mistakes? Give Ss one possible version:
Work on 3c:
1. Tell Ss to write about the other two worries. Use the structures in 3b to write a short passage.
- 81 -
2. Ss work by themselves and try to write a short article.
3. Ss try to write a short article with the worries in3a and the structures in 3b. Ⅴ. Group work
1. Talk about the Project in your school ―We Can Help!‖
2. Make sure Ss know what they should do.
Ⅵ. Self check
Work on Self check 1
1. Tell Ss to fill in the blanks with the words in the box.
2. Ss work by themselves the try to fill in the blanks.
Work on Self check 2
1. Tell Ss to fill in the blanks with the words in the blanks.
2. Give Ss some directions:
Work on Self check 3
1. Tell Ss what they should do.
2. Ss work with their partners complete the sentences in the blanks.
Homework
1. Review Section B.
2. Write a letter to me.
板书设计：
教学反思：
- 82 -
二 : 八年级英语新目标上学期期中考试试卷讲评课教案
推荐：英语教师网
交流：英语教师网论坛
初二英语上学期期中考试试卷讲评课
总第 课时 执教人
课题:Unit1-Unit6单元
课型：讲评课
课时：一课时
教学目标：
1.查缺补漏，巩固基础知识。
2.用科学的方法提高综合题的做题能力，掌握科学的做题方法。
教学重点难点：
1、学生做题中的出错点。
2、正确运用be doing 和have to句型表示拒绝别人的邀请。
3、修改百分卷。
教学方法：讲练法，小组合作探究法。
教学过程：
一、试题特点
本次期中英语试题难易程度适中，测查的范围广，知识点考查详细，采用各种形式检测学生对英语基础知识的掌握程度及灵活综合运用语言的能力。
二、试卷分析：
本套试卷包括听力，语言知识运用、阅读理解、书面表达四部分。其中失分较多的是阅读理解和翻译句子。从学生的做题情况来看，对于能力型题目仍然是今后应进1步提高的。做题中主要困难是把握不准谓语的形式。
三、成绩分析：
由于本次考试题目难度适中，所以成绩比上次月考有进步，但也暴漏了学生基础知识掌握不好，单词拼写和翻译句子做的不好，在以后的教学中应夯实基础，并加大题目的训练量，通过做题提高能力。
班人数 人，最高分，及格人数 人，及格率为%，平均分为分; 班人数人，最高分，及格人数人，及格率为%，平均分为分。
四、教学过程：
Step 1、学生小组修改试卷
Step 2、精讲错题
听力部分： 语速适当，学生出错较少。
语言知识运用：
第一节：30、It’s+adj.+to do sth. 动词不定式作主语学生还是记不准。
38、有些同学审题不细，把主语看成了you，所以错选了B
第二节：43、say强调说话的内容，tell指讲故事，或告诉某人某事
46、show给…看 show sbsth
第三部分：阅读理解
C篇难度稍大，关键词drove不认识，给阅读带来了困难。另外，学生时间有些紧，没有足够的时间检查。
第四部分：
第一节 词汇运用：学生主要问题是单词的形式把握不准，像66、75、76、77题，很多学生忘了加s,70题错填math的很多，一是审题不清，再就是不会写match.
第二节：任务型阅读
此类型题既要考查学生的理解能力，同时也考查学生的英语笔头表达能力，但从学生的答卷看，对后面5个问题的表达得不够准确、简炼或表达不够全面，加之文章中的生单词ticket，影响了学生的阅读理解程度。此题共10分，得满分的约20%，6—9分的占50%，5分以下的占30%，错题主要表现在第83、85小题，82、84小题部分学生由于粗心用错了代词，本篇文章最大的困难是学生不明白检票是什么意思，对阅读带来了困难，85小题主要是ask for 不会翻译。 在此建议大家：鼓励学生能用文中原句回答的尽量用原句回答，否则针对相应的特殊疑问词尽量简答，避免言多必失的现象。平时教学适当进行句型转换练习。
第三节：翻译句子
86题对动名词作主语还是把握不好，大部分用成了动词原形。88题对于度假翻译不准，90题大部分学生掉了much.对于这个题型还是让学生平时多背原句并运用所学句型进行操练。
第四节：写作
本篇作文中主要问题是学生审题不清，邀请好友过周末，拒绝邀请应该谈论周末忙，很多学生从星期一谈到星期五，就是不说周末，(www.61k.com］另外介词on运用的不准。这篇文章主要是用现在进行时和have to说自己计划要干的事来说明自己不能去朋友家的原因，可有些学生就是不知道如何下手去写。
五、修改百分卷
六、补救练习
（一）阅读短文，用方框内所给单词序号填空，使短文意思通顺、完整。注意：1每个词只能用一次。②每空限填一词，2其中有2个多余选项。
A .never B. sad C. happier D.When E.needs F.if G.awayH. ways I . health J.differentK .Think L.always
Everyone ________ friendship.Friends are our real wealth（财富）in life. We all enjoy gettingclose to friends. __________ we are happy, we would like friends tohave a talk and share（分享） the good news. When we are _______, we need ourfriends to share our bad news. It’s nice to have friends to talk, to laugh, to cryand to share. If we don’t have any friends, we’ll feel very lonely(孤独).
Sometimes our friend may be _________from us, we’ll feel sad and miss them. We can keep friendship bywriting letters or E-mails, making phone calls or in many other_______. We are often making __________ new friends in our life.But we shouldn’t forget old friends when we have new friends. Themore friends we have, the ________ we’llbe.
We should look after our friendship alot. ________ more aboutour friends and don’t see them by their looks. Believe in yourfriends. And ________ leave themwhen they are in trouble. Keep your words and you’ll have realfriends in life.
There’s more good news from peoplewho have many friends. They also live longer. So good friendshipalso helps you stay in good _________.
（二）阅读下面短文内容，根据其内容回答问题
Two Englishmen were in Boston for a visit. One morning they wentout to look for a famous church, but they didn’t know how to getthere. They stopped a man and asked.
“Excuse me, can youtell us the way to the North Church?”
“Go threeblocks （ 街区 ） and turn to your left.”He said, “ you can’t miss it.”
So the Englishmen walked three blocks and turned to their left, butthey didn’t see the church. They then asked a secondman.
“Excuse me, but we’re trying to find the North Church.”
This one said, “Go three blocks and turned to your left.” But againthey couldn’t find the church. In the end they asked a third man,“Excuse me, please could you tell us how to get to the NorthChurch?”
“Go three blocks and turn to your left. You can’t missit.”
They walked three blocks and turned to their left for a third time.This time they found the church.
“Is everything in Boston three blocks and a left turn?” they askedthemselves.
Just then a man walked over to them. “Excuse me,” the man said,“where is the East Park? Can you tell me?”
“Go three blocks andturn to your left,” one of the Englishman said, “You can’t missit.”
1. Where were the two Englishmengoing? _______________________________
2. Did they know theway?_________________________________
3. What did the first man tellthem?__________________________________
4. How many people did they ask theway?______________
5. Do you think the two Englishmenknow the way to the East Park?____
（三）短文填空，根据短文内容和上下文，补全短文
LinFei’s home is about 10 ________ fromschool. He gets up at six thirty every day, showers and has a quick__________ . Then he ________ for school at about six forty. Firsthe _______his bike to the bus station. That _______ about ten minutes. Thenthe early bus takes him to school. The bus ride usually takes him25 minutes.
七、作业：
写好书面的试卷反思。
八、教学措施：
1、继续加强基础训练，扩大学生的词汇量。
2、不断加强对学生进行听力训练的强度。
3、完形填空,阅读理解这2大项,是所有英语考试中至关重要的2大部分,是1种综合考查,一半学生靠猜得了一些分.要加大阅读量，提高阅读速度，提高考生的阅读理解水平，而且要帮助学生掌握阅读技巧。
4、多进行书面表达的训练，尽量减少母语对英语学习的干扰。不会用英文写作文,是绝大多数学生的通病,不知道作文是由句子构成,1个正确的句子,需要用正确的句型,需要用正确的词组来构成.写好作文,没有诀窍,只有多写多练.
九、综合学生答卷中的问题，为了今后更好的教学，提出以下教学建议：
1、听力训练要从平时做起，从每节课做起，多做听写练习，不能考前搞突击练习。
2、教师要在备课上多下功夫，在教学方法上多探讨，保持学生学习英语的兴趣不能减，防止两级分化。
3、基础知识的落实要常抓不懈，尤其在复习期间应巧抓落实。
4、多进行重点词汇的造句练习，做到词不离句，句不离词，确保表达的句子准确。
5、多进行答题技巧或技能的指导训练，尤其听力、完形、阅读理解几个大题上，灵活准确地运用积累的基础知识要点。
6、平时教学中多指导学生进行阅读训练，提高学生的英语语感。
7、规范学生书写。主观题越来越多，书写越重要，尤其是作文题。教师在平时的教学要强调学生认真、规范的书写。
8、任务型阅读题学生看懂文章而不会答题，教师在平时的教学中重视句型转换等写的训练，不能中考不考的题型不训练，造成因基础缺失而丢分。
三 : 2014年新目标英语八年级下册全册教案
中学2013-2014学年度第二学期
撰写人：
1
新目标英语 2014年新目标英语八年级下册全册教案
Unit 1 What’s the matter? Teaching goals:
1语言目标：描述健康问题的词汇，及如何根据别人的健康问题提建议。［www.61k.com） 2 技能目标：能听懂谈论健康问题的对话材料；能根据别人的健康问题提建
议；能写出重点单词和重点句型，并能描述怎样对待健康问题。
3 情感目标：通过开展扮演病人等活动，培养学生关心他人身体健康的品质。 通过本课的阅读，培养学生处理紧急事件的基本能力，树立紧急
事件时互相帮助的精神。
Important points:
1. words .
2. Sentences:
I have a headache. You should go to bed.
He has a stomachache.
He shouldn’t go to bed.
She has a toothache.
She should see a dentist.
Difficulty points:
How to talk about the health and give the advice .
Period 1
Teaching procedures:
Step 1 Leading in
1. sing a song and do some actions
2. Play a game and revise some words we have learned.
3. (Today we’ll learn some parts of the body .)
Look at the picture and teach new words.
Step 2 Pre-task
1. Read the new words by the Ss first .
2. Then check the Ss if they can read the new words by
themselves correctly .if there is a mistakes ,correct .
3. Practice reading the new words .Give them 6 minutes .
4. Have a competition between boys and girls .Write the
words you remembered just now on the blackboard .
Page7, 1a.Do this part by the Ss first. Write the correct letter after the name of each body part on the list
Play a game .All the Ss close your books ,we’ll have a instructor to say :Touch your nose /head /right ear … .Let’s see which student do it correctly and quickly .First all the 2
新目标英语 2014年新目标英语八年级下册全册教案
Ss do this game .Then have competitions between boys and girls .5 boys and 5girls to the front to do what the instructor said .if you are wrong ,please go back to your seats ,the last one who stands at the front is the winner .
Step 3 While-task
1. Look at the picture and learn the main sentences.
A: What’s the matter with you ?
B: I have a cold.
2. SB Page 7,1c Look at the pictures , work in pairs
and act out.
3. SB Page 7, 1b .
(1) Listen and check the answers .
(2) Listen and fill in the blanks.
Step 4 Post-task
同桌之间设计一个医生与病人之间的对话.
Step 5. Exercises in class
Period 2
Teaching procedures :
Step 1 Leading in
1. Revise : Ask several pairs of students to the front
of the classroom to act out the dialogue:
What’s the matter with you ?
I have a sore throat.
Then ask others : What’s the matter with him/her ? Help Ss answer : He has a sore throat. He should drink lots of water.
2.look at pictures and practise the dialogue.
Step 2 While-task
SB Page 8, 2a
1. Point out the eight items in this activity .Read the
item to the class .Ss repeat .
2. There are different conversations .Listen carefully .
people are talking about health problems they have and getting advice .
3. Match the problems with the advice .
4. Check the answers .
SB Page 8, 2b .
3
新目标英语 2014年新目标英语八年级下册全册教案
Pay attention to the four pictures .
1. Each of these pictures illustrates one of the conversations .
2. Play the tape ,write the missing words on the blank lines .
3. Play the tape again and check the answers .
4. Pairwork. Practice reading the dialogues in the pictures .Take turns having the problem and giving the advice .
5. Practice reading the dialogue in 2c ,and make their onw conversations .
6. Act out the dialogue .
SB Page 9, 3a .
1. Point out the picture and ask Ss to describe it .(There is a boy sitting on a bench .He’s sick .A teacher is talking to him )
2. Pay attention to the dialogue and the blanks in the dialogue .
3. Fill in the blanks in the conversation .
4. Go over the answers.
5. Practice reading the dialogue with a student, then work in pairs .
Step 3 Post-task
SB Page 9 , 3b .
1. Look at the picture and make your own dialogues setting 3a as an example .
2. Act out the dialogue .Ask some pairs to come to the front to act out their onw dialogues .
SB Page 9, Part 4.
1. Read the instructions and demonstrate what a “mime” is .
2. Read the dialogue by the Ss .
3. Ask a student to come to the front and mime an illness ,the other Ss guess what the illness is .
4. Ask one student to give advice .
5. Give several students an opportunity to come to the front and mime an illness .
Step 4
4
新目标英语 2014年新目标英语八年级下册全册教案
Exercises in class
Homework
1. When you had some problems. Please remember what the doctor said .
Remember the new words .
Period 3
Teaching procedures :
Step 1 Leading
1. Play the game :One student mimes an illness , the other students guess the illness and give advice .
What’s the matter? Do you have a sore throat ?
2. Revise how to talk about health and give advice. Step 2 Pre-task
SB Page 10 ,1a .
1. Look at the picture .Point out the four new words and expressions .Say each word and ask Ss to repeat .
2. The first picture .Explain something about it using one of the four words and expressions .
3. Match the words with the pictures by the Ss .
4. Check the answers .
5. Practice reading and make sure the Ss understand the meaning of the words .
SB Page 10 ,1b
1. Read the four sentences ,Ss practice reading .
2. Look at the picture and match each picture with advice.
3. Check the answer
Step 3 While-task
SB Page 10 ,2a & 2b .
1. First ,make sure the Ss understand what they will hear .
2. Then read the four names
3. Listen and write the problems on the bland lines .If possible ,write what each person “should” and “shouldn’t” do for their problem.
4. Check the answers .
Step 4 Post-task
5
新目标英语 2014年新目标英语八年级下册全册教案
SB Page 10,2c .
1. Ask two students to read the conversation to the class .
2. Pairwork .Make conversations with your partner .
3. Act out the conversations for the class .
4. Write two dialogues in the exercise book .
5. Exercises in class
Period 4
Teaching procedures :
Step 1 Leading
Discussion: how to keep healthy.
Step 2 While task
SB Page 11, 3a
1. Read the article and fill in the form.
2. Check the answers .
3. Explanation
4. Exercises
Step 3 Post task
SB Page 11, 3b
Let the Ss read the paragraph and fill in the blanks . Check the answers .
SB Page 11 ,Part 4.
Play the game
Period 5
Self check
SB Page 12 , Part 1 .
1. Fill in the blanks on their own .
2. Make your own sentences with the words .
SB Page 12, Part 2.
Read the letter .Make sure Ss can understand it . Step 6 Homework
1. Remember the words in this unit .
2. Do the exercises on Pages 6-8of the workbook . Exercises
Choose the best answer.
1. Mr. More has more money than Mr. Little. But he doesn’t enjoy ___.
A. he B. him C. his D. himself
2. Lily was 9 years old. ___ was old enough to go to school ___.
A. She, she B. She, herself
6
新目标英语 2014年新目标英语八年级下册全册教案
C. Her, herself D. Her. She
3. I made the cake by ___. Help ___, Tom.
A. ourselves, yourself B. myself, yourself
C. myself, you D. me, him
4. Who taught ___ history last year? Nobody! He learned it ___.
A. him, himself B. his, himself
C. himself, himself D. his, him
5. The camera is ____ expensive ____ I
can't afford it.
A. so, that B. such, that
C. so, as to D. enough, that
6. Miss Gao asked a question, but it was ____ that nobody could answer it.
A. very difficult B. too difficult
C. difficult enough D. so difficult
Key: D. B. B. A. A. D.
【课后反思】
Unit 2 I’ll help clean up the city
parks
Unit 2 Section A 1a-Grammar Focus
【学习目标】1.重点词汇用法及短语动词用法。[www.61k.com]
2.学会施用“I will…”,“I would like…”等句型,向别人
提供帮助。
【重点、难点】重点词汇用法及短语动词用法。
【导学指导】
温故知新
给下列单词1)-6)加上-ful, 7)-10)加上-less，并写出其
汉语意思。
1)use 2)care 3) success 4)beauty 5)color
6)wonder 7)home 8)help 9)care 10)use
自主互助学习
一、自主预习
1. 译一译，读一读，背一背
1）饥饿 2）无家可归的 3）标牌
4）广告
7
新目标英语 2014年新目标英语八年级下册全册教案
5）创办 6）打扫干净 7）使振奋
起来 8）分发
9）建立，建造 10）推迟 11）想出
12）清洁日 13) sick children 14）at the food bank
15)after-school study program 16)make a plan
2. 自主预习完成1a的任务。（www.61k.com]
二、听力导学
1. 听力前准备
1）认真阅读1b各句子，弄懂大概含义，并猜一猜空格会填
什么内容。
2）看懂2a中五幅图片的内容，用英文把图片反映的内容描
述出来。
3）认真阅读2b中句子，猜一猜空格会填什么内容。
2. 听录音 仔细听录音内容，完成1b,2a,2b,并核对答
案。3. 重放录音，跟读录音内容。
二、合作探究
1. You could help clean up the city parks.
1)help作动词,“帮助”。help sb.(to)do=___________________.帮助某人做某事
如:He often helps me(to)study
English.=____________________________.
2)help作名词，“帮助”。如:______________________. 谢
谢你的帮助。
3) clean 可用作形容词，意为“清洁的，干净的”，此外clean
可用作动词，用于以下词组：
clean up 打扫清洁或收拾整齐，整理。clean out 打扫某物
内部（如：房间，抽屉，箱子等）
clean-up （名词）打扫，清洁。
练一练：It’s time for you to _________________ your
bedroom.
I will help you _____________ the school.
Tomorrow is _____________________day, everyone
should try to do some cleaning.
2. sick和ill的用法区别
sick是形容词,"生病的",同义词是ill。区别在于sick在句
中可做 语和 语,而ill只
能做 语。如:His father was /sick yesterday, so he
didn't go to work.他的父亲昨天病了,
因此他没有去上班。Tom has looked after the sick girl
8
新目标英语 2014年新目标英语八年级下册全册教案
for a week. 汤姆看顾那个生病的小女孩已经一星期了。(www.61k.com]别的,
当ill意为"坏的,恶劣的"时,在句中可做定语。如:He is an ill
child.他是一个坏孩子。
3.set up, establish和build的用法区别:
1) set up意为“开办,建立",主要用于组织、机构、公司、学
校”等。相当于open up或build up.
2) establish意为“建立，建造，设立”，一般指建立某个
国家、组织、团体等概念的东西。相当于found（建立）。
3) build意为“制作,设臵装备摆设”,是一般用语,偏重动
工建筑,常指制作大东西,如房屋、桥梁、道路等。试比较:
set up a school____________ build a school_____________
China was founded in 1949. 。 4. We can't put off making a plan.
1)put off"推迟、取消(会议,约会等),动副词组,后跟动词
时应用其-ing形式,代词作宾语需放在put和off中间。例如:
________________until tomorrow what can be done today.
今天可以做的事情不要推到明天。
Please don't put off ___________your homework.请你们
不要拖延做作业。
2) make a plan 意为____________. make a plan to do
sth________________.
3) 归纳关于put的词组 。
【课堂练习】
_______________going to the doctor.
2. Could you help me _________________ these new
books?
3. Don’t worry. I’ll help ______________your room.
4. Let’s _______________the sick kids in the
hospital.
5. In the end, Grandma ________________ a good idea.
6. Would you please not _______________signs here?
7. We’re going to ______________a food bank to help
hungry people.
8. I’ll ________you________ as soon as I come back.
【要点归纳】 重点词汇用法及短语动词的用法。
9
新目标英语 2014年新目标英语八年级下册全册教案
【拓展练习】
根据汉语提示完成句子
1. We can’t ________________ (推迟) holding a
meeting .
2. He is a great man. He’d like to help
_______________(无家可归)people.
3. He came very early, so that he could help
_____________(清扫)the floor .
4. The football team won the game, and the football
fans _______________(高声欢呼).
5. Suddenly he ______________________(想出了) a
good idea .
6. They planned to _______(建立) a student
volunteer project at the school .
Unit 2 Section A 3a-4 (1课时)
【学习目标】1. 掌握重点词汇、句型的运用。(www.61k.com］2. 运用语言和
语法知识进行阅读并理解文章的意思。
【重点、难点】掌握重点词汇、句型的运用，阅读能力的提高。
【导学指导】
温故知新
翻译短语。
1）建立，建造 2）计划做某事
3）使振奋起来 4）推迟
5）花费……做某事 6）第77中学
7）帮组某人做某事 8）不仅……而
且……
自主互助学习
一、 自主预习
1.词汇检测：译一译，读一读，记一记
1) 训练，指导 2) 志愿者 3)elementary 4) major 5) veterinarian 6) commitment 7) leave school 8) put this love to good use
2. 认真预习3a，完成3a,3b的任务。
二、知识点拨
1. Number 77 High School is home to three very special
young people.
1)be home to sb 意为“是……的家园”，to 为介词，后
10
新目标英语 2014年新目标英语八年级下册全册教案
加名词、代词，如果跟副词如here, there 等要省略介词 . 如：（ ）He was born in London, but now Pairs is home _____ him.
A. for B. to C. with
D. about
2)Number 77 缩略形式为 。［www.61k.com］
2. Not only do I feel good about helping other people, but I get to spend time doing what I love to do.我不仅对帮助别人感到愉快，而且我也开始花时间做我喜欢做的事情。
1)not only …but (also)… 意为 ，连接两个单句时，not only可以放在句首，表示强调，这时句子要用部分倒装，即将谓语动词的一部分（如情态动词、助动词do, does, did, have, has ,had等）放在 语的前面，而 but also后的句子仍用陈述句语序； 当它连接的成分作主语时，谓语动词应与but(also)后的成分保持一致，即 原则。e.g. Not only you but also he is wrong. 跟踪练习：
(1) — Do you think most of the people in Beijing can talk with foreigners in English ?
— Yes, I think so. _______ the young ______ the old are learning to speak English.
A. Either; or B. Neither; nor C. Between; and
D. Not only; but also
(2) Not only Jim but also his sister _______ a few cities in the south since they came in China.
A. will visit B. has visited C. have visited
D. visited
2)get to do sth 意为“逐渐做……”表示一个渐进的过程。
e.g. I get to love sandwiches now. .
3.This volunteer work takes each of them several hours a week, so it is a major commitment.这份义工每周花了他们每个人好几个小时的时间，所以这是一个重大的贡献。
each与every的用法
◎each指一个整体中的每一个，强调个体；every着重于
全体的总和，强调整体。试比较：
________has a different book. （强调各有不同。） Here child at the age of six can go to school. （侧重整体，无一例外。）
◎each可作形容词及代词，而every只能作形容词，但可
与-one，-body，-thing等构成复合代词。
11
新目标英语 2014年新目标英语八年级下册全册教案
◎each用在代词或复数名词前要用介词of连接，如each
of them, each of the boys; every不能直接跟of连接，如
不可以说every of them，而要说every one of them或each
of them。[www.61k.com]◎every还可以表示“每…”，后接基数词加名词，
如every four weeks , every three months 等，此种结构中的every不能用each代替。 She had a rest . 她每5
分钟就休息一会儿。
三、合作学习
1. 角色扮演。小组合作完成3c的对话。 2. 小组讨论
完成Part4。
【课堂练习】
找出与划线部分意思相同或相近的选项。
（ ）1.The child looked sad. Let’s cheer him up.
A. happy B. make him happier C.
shouted D. give a help
（ ）2. We’re going to set up a project to help hungry
people.
A. start B. give up C. get
up D. turn up
（ ）3. They need to come up with some ideas.
A. think about B. help… with C.
think up D. think over
（ ）4. I’d like to help the kids do their homework.
A. help… doing B. help… with C. give a help
D. give a hand
（ ）5. When he grows up, he wants to be a doctor for animals.
A. great man B. vet C. good
doctor D. kind of animal
【要点归纳】 掌握重点词汇、句型的运用，阅读能力的提高。
【拓展练习】
单项选择。
（ ）1. Not only ______ run his machine, but _______
repair it.
A. can he; he can B. he can; he can C. he can;
can he D. can he ; can he
（ ）2. Not only _______ polluted but _______ crowded.
A. was the city ; were the streets B. the city
was; were the streets
C. was the city; the streets were D. the city
12
新目标英语 2014年新目标英语八年级下册全册教案
was; the streets were
（ ）3. Not only ______ me to a meal , but also he bought
me a present.
A. did he invite B. he invited C. had he
invited D. he had invited
（ ）4. The two girls were very happy because _____ of
them had passed the math exam.
A. both B. all C. neither
D. none
（ ）5. Did you ______ much money on the car ? A. cost
B. pay C. spend D. take
Unit 2 Section B 1 a-2 c
【学习目标】 1.听力练习。(www.61k.com）2.掌握短语：run out of, take
after, fix up, give away.
【重点、难点】掌握短语：run out of, take after, fix up,
give away的运用及听力技能提高。
【导学指导】
温故知新
用所给词的适当形式填空
1） Let’s cheer _______ (they)up, ok?
2） I’d like _____ (visit)my English teacher
tomorrow.
3） I’ll feel good about _______ (help)the old
people.
4） He _____(spend) every morning _______
(do)some sports.
5） They plan ___________ (buy) a big house.
自主互助学习
一、自主预习
1. 译一译，读一读，背一背
1)相似的 2）修理 3）修理（短语）
4）与……相像
5）用完，耗尽 6）赠送，捐赠
2. 自主预习完成1a,1b.（必要时查查字典）
二、合作探究
1．辩一辩 take after & look like
1)take after 由于血缘关系而（外貌、性格等方面）相似，
和 意义接近。如：
I take after my mother= ___________________________.我
13
新目标英语 2014年新目标英语八年级下册全册教案
像我妈妈。［www.61k.com)
2) look like 看起来像……（多指外貌），如：He his mother. 他长得像他妈妈。
2. 辩一辩 fix，repair& mend
repair 用于建筑、堤坝、机器、车辆等的修理；fix是美
语用法，等于repair; mend一般用于衣服，鞋袜等小东西，偶
尔也用于道路、门窗等。
练一练：Can you my bike? 你给我修修自行车行
吗？He is a road. 他正在修路。
3. run out of 意为_________________, 相当于
______________.
I have run out of my pocket money. 同义句：
________________________________________.
三、听力导学
1. 先看懂2a中的四幅图的内容，猜一猜他们的顺序；结
合2a中的图，预先判断一下2b中的句子的正误。
2. 听录音内容，完成2a,2b的任务。
四、合作学习
1.小组讨论交流自主预习1a,1b的答案，并展示给全班学生。
2. 小组合作完成2c的对话练习。
【课堂练习】
从A、B、C、D四个选项中，找出一个意义不同的选项。
（ ）1. A. set up B. start C.
establish D. set off
（ ）2. A. take after B. look after C.
look like D. be similar to
（ ）3. A. give out B. hand out C. give
away D. put away
（ ）4. A. not…any longer B. no longer C.
not…at all D. no more
（ ）5. A. work out B. mend C. fix up
D. repair
【要点归纳】
掌握短语：run out of, take after, fix up, give away的
运用及听力技能提高。
【拓展练习】
一、词语释义。
（ ）1. She doesn’t have any more of it.
A. takes after B. looks out C. runs
out of D. gives away
（ ）2.Have you fixed them up?
14
新目标英语 2014年新目标英语八年级下册全册教案
A. repair B. repairs C. repairing
D. repaired
（ ）3. They take after me.
A. be similar to B. is similar to C. be similar with D. are similar to
（ ）4.Could you put up the pictures on the wall?
A. hang B. take C. give
D. bring
（ ）5. Did you think up a good idea?
A. set up B. cheer up C. come up with
D. ran out of
（ ）6.We are no longer students. We should find a job.
A. never B. still C. no…any more
D. not…any longer
二、阅读训练
Once there was a man who had two children, a boy and a girl. The boy was good-looking but the girl was not. One day they found a mirror and for the first time they saw what they looked like. The boy was very pleased and he said to his sister, “How handsome I am! I look much nicer than you!” The girl did not like what her brother said and gave him a hard push. “Go away!” she said. Their father saw what was happening. He went up to them and said to the boy, “you must always be good as well look good.” Then to the girl he said, “My dear, if you help everyone and do your best to please, everyone will love you. It will not matter that you are not as good-looking as your brother.”
根据短文内容,判断正(T)误(F)
（ ）1. The story is about a woman and his two children. （ ）2. The boy looked very nice and so did the girl. （ ）3. The sister was angry and she pushed her brother away.
（ ）4.The father told his son if he could be nice and kind to people and ready to help, everybody would love her
（ ）5. The story tells us that the most important thing for a person is to be nice and helpful to people
Unit 2 Section B 3a-Self Check
15
新目标英语 2014年新目标英语八年级下册全册教案
【学习目标】 1.在课文中加深对短语动词的理解及其用法。［www.61k.com］
2. 领会助人为乐是一种社会责任感的体现。
【重点、难点】在课文中加深对短语动词的理解及其用法。
【导学指导】
温故知新 把下列词组翻译成英语。
1.使振奋 2.用完，耗尽 3.打电话
4.分发
5.安装，修理 6.捐赠 7.与……相像
8.提出，想出
9.闲逛，逗留 10.给某人提供…… 自主互助学习
一、自主预习
1.词汇检测。 译一译，读一读，记一记
1）张贴，搭建 2）要求，请求 3）
分发，发放 4）产生结果，发展 5）（互联
网）站点 6）方法，策略 7)hang out
8) a professional singer 9) call-in 10)make money
2.自主预习3a，把文章中的短语动词找出，并下划线。
3.认真阅读3a,完成课本3b的任务。
4.自主预习完成Self Check 1的练习题，并掌握所给词的含
义及其用法。
二、知识点拨
The strategies that he came up with worked out fine.
他想到的那些办法获得了成功。
1）这是一个由that引导的定语从句，先行词是前面的
strategies。动词短语worked out在这里作主语the strategies
的谓语，意为“产生结果，发展为，结果是……”，后面不可接
宾语，主语也不用“人”来充当。
I wonder how their ideas worked out in practice. 我
很想知道他们的想法在实践中取得了什么结果。
2）work out 还有“算出”之意。如：I hardly __________
the math problem without his help yesterday. 没有他的帮
忙，昨天我几乎不能算出这道数学题。
【课堂练习】
program.
2.They even hand out _________ at a local supermarket.
16
新目标英语 2014年新目标英语八年级下册全册教案
3.They must __________ some ideas for solving the problems. 4.I am going to take her to the cinema to ______ her ______.
5.We’re going to set up a food bank to help ______people all over the country.
【要点归纳】
在课文中加深对短语动词的理解及其用法。［www.61k.com）
【拓展练习】
一、用所给词的适当形式填空
1. I’m going to have my TV set ____________(repair)
this Sunday.
2. Kathy wants to be a ________(profession) singer
in the future.
3. We put up some ads ___________(ask) for old
clothes and books.
4. I came up with ideas for _________(make) money
to continue my study.
5. Many students volunteer their time
_________(help) poor people.
6. Now Jimmy has sixteen bikes _________(fix) up and
give away the poor children .
二、把下列句子中的汉语翻译成英语。
1. Don’t _________(张贴) advertisements here and
there.
2. Many kind-hearted people __________(捐赠)some money and foods to the homeless people in Japan after a terrible earthquake hit it.
3. On weekends quite a few students like to
_________(闲逛)at sports club .
4. Jim __________(与……相像) his father, They are
both clever and a bit quiet.
5. This math problem is too difficult for me
to___________（算出）。
三、完型填空：
Jimmy is a schoolboy. He likes old bikes very much. Last week 1.______ was trying to cheer up Jimmy the Bike Boy. But 2.______ week, Jimmy is happy again. 3._____ Monday he told a radio interviewer that he had run out of
4.______ to buy old bikes. He also put up some 5.______ 17
新目标英语 2014年新目标英语八年级下册全册教案
asking for old bikes and called up all his friends and told them about the problem. He even 6._____ advertisements at a local supermarket. Then he told the teachers at 7.______ about his problem and they set up a call-in center for parents. The strategies 8._____ he came up with worked out fine. He now 9.______ sixteen bikes to fix up and give away to 10._____ who don’t have bikes.
（ ） 1. A. everyone B. every C. all
D. both
（ ） 2. A. that B. these C. this
D. those
（ ） 3. A. In B. On C. At
D. With
（ ） 4. A. money B. time C. food
D. water
（ ） 5. A. pencils B. books C.
pictures D. signs
（ ） 6. A. hand out B. gave out C. give away D. sold out
（ ） 7. A. shop B. hospital C. school
D. bank
（ ） 8. A. this B. who C. that
D. where
（ ） 9. A. have B. has C. had
D. have been
（ ）10. A. child B. a child C.
children D. Jimmy
四、书面表达。（www.61k.com］
当今社会上有很多杰出的志愿工作者，他们用他们的汗水诠释着他们的人生。请你联系自己的生活实际，以“Being a Volunteer is Great”为题写一篇短文。
要求：语意通顺、连贯、符合逻辑，语法、时态、格式正确，字数在60字左右。
Unit 8 Section B Reading
【学习目标】1.通过阅读这篇文章, 学会如何向别人表示感谢。
2.学习文章中出现的重点单词,词组和句型。3.培养学生的阅读能力。
【重点、难点】学会如何向别人表示感谢及掌握文章中出现的 18
新目标英语 2014年新目标英语八年级下册全册教案
重点单词,词组和句型。（www.61k.com)
【导学指导】
导入新课 小组讨论书信与文章的不同点，并记录下来。
自主互助学习
一、自主预习
1. 词汇检测：译一译，记一记
1）装满，填满 2）愉快，高兴 3）盲的 4）
砻的 5）想像
6）关上 7）搬运，携带 8）特意地，专门地
9）（去）拿来
10）立即，马上 11)disabled people
12)organization 13)be unable to do sth.
14)support 15)appreciate 16)donation
2. 快速阅读课文，从文章中找出3a表格中要求的内容。
3. 快速阅读课文，文章中找出3个短语动词，并造句完成3b.
4. 认真预习课文，完成3c.
二、合作探究
1.You see, I’m only able to have a “dog-helper”
because of your kind donation!
1) 此句中的be able to 意为 “能够做……的事”,可用
can替换, can只能用于一般现在时和一般过去时（could），而
be able to 能用于任何时态。
She could dress herself at the age of five. =
_____________________________.
2)because of 是介词短语,表原因,后面接名词或代词宾
语.because 是连词,词后常接从句.
He didn’t go to school yesterday ____________his illness.
She didn’t come to see me _________she was ill.
2. ...Who has filled my life with pleasure. (P66)……
使我生活充满快乐的人。
1)本句中的fill...with...表示一个动作，意为“用……
装满……”，其主语通常是人。
He filled the bag with books. 他在书包里装满了书。知
识拓展：
be filled with表示一个状态，意为“装满
了……”， ，其主语通常是人或物。
Her eyes were filled with tears. .
2)pleasure意为“高兴，快乐”，是不可数名词；表示“乐
19
新目标英语 2014年新目标英语八年级下册全册教案
趣，高兴的事”时是可数名词。（www.61k.com） __________gives me great . 读书给了我很
多快乐。
◎在口语中It’s pleasure. 是回答感谢的客套语。with
pleasure 是回答乐意帮助别人的客套话。
—Thank you for your help. — Would you like
to help me with my English?
— . — .
◎pleased是形容词，意为“自己感到高兴的，欣喜的，满
意的”，指以任何方式表现出来或未表现出来的满足与快乐，在
句中常用作表语，其主语为人。pleasant也是形容词，表示“使
人感到愉快／满意”，一般用作定语，如主语是物，也可以用作
表语。
The two friends were very to see each other again.
这两个朋友非常高兴再次见面。
It’s weather today. 今天的天气令人愉快。。
◎please是动词，表示“（使）高兴，满意，愉快”。Does the
cloth please you? 这布料合你的意吗？
3. 辩一辩 ： carry, take, bring 与fetch
1) carry “搬运、携带”,
2)take “带走、拿走”3)bring4)fetch“(去)【课堂练习】 罗列并熟记文中的重点短语句型。【要点归纳】
学会如何向别人表示感谢及掌握文章中出现的重点单词,
词组和句型。
【拓展练习】
一、用所给词的适当形式填空
1. There are many political and social
_________(organize) in the world.
2. Your _____ (donate) is greatly appreciated.
3. This math exercise isn’t difficult. I can finish
it ______(easy).
4. Everyone’s life is filled with ________(please).
5. The dress is made________ (special) for the Art
Festival.
6. Liz Smith has a specially _______(train) dog.
二、单项选择
20
新目标英语 2014年新目标英语八年级下册全册教案
（ ）1. —I don’t know where Wenchuan County is. Could you help me?
—Certainly，let me _____ a map of China for you.
A.take B. bring C. fetch D. carry
（ ）2. The box is _______ books.
A. fill with B. full of C. filled of D. full
with
（ ）3. I’m ______ at this dog.
A. amazing B. amaze C. amazed D. surprising
（ ）4. They improved the software to make ______ easier
for people to use computers.
A. that B. this C. these D. it
（ ）5. Please ______ the cup _____ milk or water.
A. filled; with B. fill; use C. fill; with D. fill;
of
（ ）6. I’m going to see my friend ______ is ill in
bed after school.
A. which B. whose C. who D. whom
【课后反思】 Unit 3 could you please clean your room?
Period 1
本课是Unit3的第一课时。[www.61k.com)其主目标是能用 “Could you please do things?” “Could I please do things?”谈论如何委婉地提出请求或征求别人的许可, 及回答语“Sure / Certainly / I’m glad to .”能礼貌地拒绝,“Sorry, I / you can’t,. I / you have to do…”并表达自己的理由, 陈述自己的好恶。以do housework 和调查做力能所及的事为话题，学会运用“Could you please do things?” “Could I please do things?”是本课的语言目标。
一、 教学内容Section A 1a----1c
二、 教学目标
1.学习词汇
do the dishes, sweep the floor, take out the trash. fold your clothes, clean the living room, do chores, have to do sth, like to do (doing) sth, make dinner, make your bed
2.句型
21
新目标英语 2014年新目标英语八年级下册全册教案
---Could you please clean your room?
---Yes, sure.
---Could you please do the dishes?
--- Sorry, I can’t. I have to do my homework.
三．单元重点和难点
1.重点。（www.61k.com］
1）学习一些常用的动词短语。
2）委婉地提出请求、征求许可做某事。
Could you/I please do things？ Yes, Sure. / 。I/You can. Sorry, I / you can’t,.., I / you have to do…”
2．难点。
在实际的生活中委婉地表达自己的请求和征求许可.
三、 教学过程
Pre-task
1. Warming up
看动画片段《灰姑娘》导如入本课话题和新词汇“chores”美丽善良的灰姑娘因继母的嫉妒，每天得做所有的家务。片段的主题使学生联想到本课的话题。
2. learn some new words and phrases
Look! What is she / he doing? 看图学习动词词组do chores, do the dishes, make the bed, take out the trash, fold the clothes, do the laundry, clean the living room.
3. Guessing game.
According the phases that they have learned, the teacher asks some students to do some actions one by one. Then ask the others to answer these questions:
What is she doing? What is he doing?
通过记忆力游戏，让学生适时对所学词汇进行回忆以及进一步的巩固。并适当活跃课堂气氛。
4. Pair work. 1a, Do you do these things at home? Write “Y” for “yes” and “N” for “no”.
5. Listening . 1b , Peter’s chores or Mom’s chores? 理解目标语Could you please clean your room? Yes, sure. Write “M” for Mom’s chores, “P” for Peter’s chores in the chart.
6. Pairwork,1c
Look at the picture, Ask your partner to do the chores that you see.
22
新目标英语 2014年新目标英语八年级下册全册教案
7. Interview
Who is the most able at home?
1) What chores do you do at home? How often do you do the chores? Work in four, interview each of the students in the group, fill in the chart.
2) Then one student make a report to the class. “In my group…. Does the dishes every day,…We think … is the most able one in our group.”
3) 颁奖。[www.61k.com)给每个小组里的最能干者发奖。适时给学生爱劳动，爱父母的教育
8. 总结本节课的教学重点。
9.Homework
Read the words and phrases you learn today. make a dialogue between you and your parent about doing the chores.
Period 2
一、 教学内容Section A 2a-4
二、 教学目标
1.词汇：
stay out late, work on the computer, get a ride,
use the car, go to a meeting, hate to do /dong sth
2.句型:
---Could I please go to the movies?
---Yes, you can.
---Could I please use the computer?
--- No, you can’t. You must do the dishes at first.
三．单元重点和难点
1．重点。
1）学习和复习一些常用的动词短语。
2）委婉地提出请求、征求许可做某事。
---Could I please use your computer?
---Sorry, you can’t..
---Could I please watch TV?
---Yes, you can. But you have to clean your room first..
3）学习如何请求他人的帮助。
2．难点。
23
新目标英语 2014年新目标英语八年级下册全册教案
1）表达看法：
I like doing dishes because it’s relaxing, but I hate to do…because it’s boring.
2）区别make与do的用法
四. 教学过程。(www.61k.com)
1.Warming up
Game “Chain drill”.
运用上节课的target language “Could you please do…?”依次问答，其中的动词短语不能重复 ,复习动词短语。
2．Listening. 2a ,2b
Read the instructions. Learn the key vocabulary.
stay out late, use the car, get a ride, go to a meeting, clean your room,
1) Peter ask his father if he can do four things. Check “yes” or “no”
2) Listen again, Why does Peter’s father say “no”
Draw lines to the reasons in the chart.
3. Present target language
由听的活动2a 引入target language：
A: Could I please get a ride? B: Yes, you can.
A: Could I please get a ride? B: Sorry, you can’t, I have to go to a meeting.
4. Pair work 2c
According the sample conversation, ask and answer in pairs. Then ask and answer in pairs in class.
5. 3a Fill in the blanks with “make” and ”do”. Get the students to read the dialogue in pairs, then act out it.
6. 3b Chores that you like or dislike,
1) 呈现 like doing/to do, hate doing
2) Make a list of chores that you like and dislike.
3) Pairwork.谈论喜欢和不喜欢的家务，并表达自己的看法。 A: Do you like doing dishes?
B: Yes, I like …because it’s relaxing,
No, I hate to do…because it’s boring.
7. Make a survey.
Discuss in groups of four. Draw a smiling face on the chore you like and draw a crying face on the chore you dislike. Then give a report.
24
新目标英语 2014年新目标英语八年级下册全册教案
通过做调查，巩固句型I like … because…以及I don’t like … because…
调查表格附下：
Chores Like Don’t like
do the dishes
sweep the floor
take out the trash
make your bed
fold your clothes
clean the living room
8. Game.
Sorry! I can’t! Play the game in 4.
9．Grammar focus
Could you please clean your room? Yes, sure.
Could you please do the dishes? Sorry, I can’t. I have to do my homework.
Could I please use the car? No, you can’t. I have to go out. Could I please go to the movies? Yes, you can.
Pay attention to the questions and answers, ask and answer loud
10. Homework.
Could I go to the party? The concert? / the football game?… 假如今晚你想去看球赛或者音乐会或做其他你想做的事，你请求父母的许可。[www.61k.com]写一段对话。
Period 3
一、教学内容Section B 1a-2c
二、教学目标
1. 词汇
invite my friends to …,buy some drinks and ,snacks, borrow some money r, teenager disagree
2. 掌握句型 .
---Could you please buy some drink and snacks?
---Sure. / Yes, I can.
--- Could I borrow your money?
---Yes, you can.. Sorry, you can’t.
3.难点; 综合的运用单元的目标语针对实际情景解决问题.
三、教学准备
25
新目标英语 2014年新目标英语八年级下册全册教案
复习动词短语,并且预习生词, 游戏用的卡片 小奖品
四、教学过程
1.Revision: 1a
This activity introduces the key vocabulary.
Read the instructions in 1a. Read the items in the chart. And then fill in the chart on their own.
Correct the answers.
2. Discussion
(在屏幕上展示出刚才的动词短语) .,
1) 1a What can teenagers ask their parents to do? What do parents ask their teenagers to do? 学习用I agree/ disagree 表示自己的观点.
T: Come to the front , talk about your ideas.(.这个任务地目标运用词汇进行表达, 同时渗透了对学生爱的教育,,爱父母,爱家庭,爱劳动.)
A:I think teenagers …
B:I agree./ I don’t agree(disagree). I think …
2). Sally’s weekend.
Ask: What chores does Sally do on weekends? What do you think of Sally? Then Show some photos of Sally.
Step 2. Pairwork
Make your own conversations about the items in activity 1a. T: Teenagers say, Could you clean your room ?
S: No, I disagree. Parents say, Could you clean your room? Do a second example if the students wish.
Then the students work in pairs.
Ask several pairs to say their conversations to the class.
3. A game
Practice with “Could you please…?”“Could I …?”将课前准备的双色卡片(如:红/蓝)分发给学生,卡片以字母编号,同一编号的有两张,上面有简笔画,规定获得红色卡片的学生先发问，根据卡片上的简笔画回答。（www.61k.com］
Example:
A 。 A 。
A: Could you please sweep the floor?
A2: Sure! But I have to do my homework first.
4. Listening.
1) 2a Listen and check the things you hear..
26
新目标英语 2014年新目标英语八年级下册全册教案
2) 2b Listen again., and fill in the chart.
What is Sandy’s mother going to do ?
What is Sandy going to do?
What are Sandy and Dave going to do?
3) Listen to Happy birthday song..
5. Group work. Make a telephone invitation and ask for help. (小组继续比赛)
If you are sandy,, you want to invite you good friends to come to you party, and you need their help, too.. Make a list of things you want to buy and to do first, then discuss in group, act it out..
让学生进行评价.评出有特色的“最佳表演”“最佳创意”“最…”小组，给予奖励。[www.61k.com)
6．总结本课的target language.
7．Homework.
Invite your friends to have a picnic with you, and ask for their help to prepare for the picnic.. make a conversation.
Period 4
一、教学内容Section B 3a –3c & self check
二、教学目标
1.学习词汇 take care of, forget to do, feed the dog, move to a new house, take the dog for a walk
2.学习写留言条获得朋友的帮助。.
3.难点; 综合运用单元目标语,针对实际情景解决问题.
三、教学准备 复习词汇和句型.
四、教学过程
1. Warming up.
1) Memory challenge. 复习词汇 和Target language
Tom’s week.
Students look at the chart for only one minute, then the chart is covered, Students say what Tom does on weekdays and weekends.
2) Do 1 in self check
2. . 3a Reading
1). Question: Do you have a dog or a bird ?
How do you take care of it? Discus in pairs.
2) Read the e-mail message. Quickly. in 3a.
27
新目标英语 2014年新目标英语八年级下册全册教案
What does Thomas ask Nancy to do?
3) 词汇分类.Which things are about food? Cleaning? Exercise?
4) 学习写求助的留言的方式法.
3. Help Sandy Complete the e -mail message. (3b and 3c),展示优秀的作品.
4. Group work. “Help Wanted”
1) 给出不同的话题,让每个小组抽取一个话题,合作讨论, 写留言条寻求帮助.
2) 然后将条子贴在黑板上,让每组学生代表上来,找到自己能做的事,并和那个小组进行对话表演 .
5.总结.
6. Homework
Revise Unit 3, complete the message in 2 of self check.
【课后反思】
28
新目标英语 2014年新目标英语八年级下册全册教案
Unit4 why don't you talk to your
parents
【学习目标】：
1.学习单词：allow wrong midnight guess deal …
2.学习短语：What’s wrong Look through Bid deal Work out
too many
Too much get into a fight…
3.学习句子: What’s wrong ? I have to study too much…
I have too many …
Why don’t you go to sleep…
4.学会用why don't you…提建议
【学习重、难点】：
1. 学习，掌握单词，词汇，短语并灵活运用.
2. 学会谈论问题和给出建议。[www.61k.com］
【温故检测】：
想一想，下列名称那些是可数名词，那些是不可数名词？
Homework, class , sleep , time, friend, advice, problem .
可数名词的有： 不可数名词的有：
【自习指导】：预习1a和1b，
【自学检测】：
1. How many __________ (tomato) do you need?
2. I have __________(too many, too much) homework to do
today .
3. My parents allow me __________( hang out ) with my
friends.
4. I got __________(介词填空）a fight with my best friend.
5. Why don’t you __________(go) to sleep earlier this
evening?
【合作交流】:
1.听录音，我来完成1b。
2. Listening，完成2a,2b.
3.重点句子学习：
1），你能区别too much ,much too , too many 吗？请给大家讲
讲：
29
新目标英语 2014年新目标英语八年级下册全册教案
2）， 你会写：“允许某人做某事”吗？
_____________________________________
3），学习，讨论:
be good at …,善于，擅长，在，，，方面做得好。(www.61k.com)
Be good for，，，对，，，有益处。
Be good to 对，，，好（和善）。
Be good with，，，与，，，相处的好。
4），向别人发出邀请，请求，建议，或征求某人的意见的表达方式：
(1), Why don’t you do something? /Why not do something?
“ 你为什么 不做某事呢？”
(2), How /what about doing sth.?（about是个介词，可跟名
词或动名词）“…怎么样？”
e.g.: How/what about the photo album? 一个像册怎么样？
How about getting her a scarf? 买条围巾送给她怎么样？
(3),You’d better (not) do something.“你最好（不）做某事”
(4), Would you like sth …?:“你想要某吗”物
(5), Let’s do sth…?
(6). What should I do …?( should表示请求、征询对方意
见)
e.g.: What should I get my dad for his birthday?
我该送给爸爸什么作为他的生日礼物呢？
【当堂训练】：
一．汉译英：
1. 去睡觉________________ 2. Get into a fight________
3. 擅长________________ 4. 给某人打电话
_______________
5. 闲逛_______________ 6.Look through_________
二．就划线部分提问 1. We need two apples. ______ _______ apples ____ we need?
2. She needs some milk. ______ _______ milk ______ she need?
三. 写一写 你能准确的写出来吗？
1.______ ______yo______ her a book? 你为什么不给她本书哪?
30
新目标英语 2014年新目标英语八年级下册全册教案
a scarf. ——围巾怎么样？
2.Why not come over to join us? over to join us?
3. How about the sweater? do you the sweater?
4.What’s wrong ?
What’s ?
第二课时 (Section A 3a-4c)
【学习目标】：
1.通过阅读这封信,我们学会遇到问题要主动地去和家人，朋友，同学交流。[www.61k.com]
2.学习文章中出现的重点单词,词组和句型。
3.培养学生的阅读能力。
【学习重 难点】：
1.遇到问题要主动地去和家人，朋友，同学交流。
2.掌握文中出现的重点单词,词组和句型。
【温故检测】：
S1: You look really tired .What’s the _______?
S2: Why don’t you _______to sleep earlier .
S3: You should talk _______them again .
S4: Why don’t you forget about it _______ _______ you can
be friends again?
S5: Thanks for your _______
S6: That’s a good _______.
【自习指导】：
小组讨论学习3a ，完成Problems,Advice.
重点句子学习:
1.你能更大家讲讲 My problem is that Ican’t get on with my
family .
这个句子吗？get on with sb 汉语是
3. They fight a lot,你知道这里为什么不用 a lot of 吗？
4. offer vt主动提出，自愿给予，提供，常见结构：offer to do 31
新目标英语 2014年新目标英语八年级下册全册教案
sth ,
offer sb to do sth 和offer sth to sb
5.afraid 的基本意思是"惧怕,害怕,不敢",有四种用法:
（1）.be afraid of something 害怕
Don't be afraid of the dog. 别害怕那只狗。（www.61k.com］
（2）.与动词不定式连用, be afraid to do something.“不敢/害怕做某式”
A lot of people are afraid to go out at night.
许多人不敢晚上出去。
(3).与of 连用，be afraid of doing something.“害怕某事发生”
I don't like dogs. I'am always afraid of being bitten. 我不喜欢狗。我经常害怕被狗咬。
（4）.在给某人不愉快的信息时,通常用I'am afraid,后接从句 I'm afraid I have some rather bad news for you.
恐怕我给你带来了坏消息。
6. 情态动词 should 的用法
should 是情态动词，它的基本用法是必须和其他动词一起构成谓语。情态动词没有人称和数的变化，意为“应该……”。 should （应当，应该）用于所有人称，表示劝告或建议。
eg. You should wait a little more.
你应该再多等一会儿。
--- I have a very bad cold. 我感冒很厉害。
--- You should lie down and have a rest. 你应该躺下，多喝水。
【当堂训练】：
一．单选：
( )1.How about ____ calendar?
A. buy B. to buy C. buying
( )2. I believe that singing English songs help me ____ my English.
A. improve B. improved C. improving
( )3.----In our English study, reading is more important
than speaking, I think.
----I don’t agree. Speaking is ____ reading.
A. as important as B. the most important C. the same
( )4.This box is ____ heavy ____ I can’t carry it.
A. too, to B. so, that C. enough ,to 32
新目标英语 2014年新目标英语八年级下册全册教案
( )5.The book is ____, I couldn’t finish it.
A. bore B. bored C. boring
( )6. Mum’s birthday is coming. What about _______ her some flowers?
A. get B. getting C. to get D. got
二．话题写作：
你将代表学校参加中学生英语演讲比赛，演讲的题目是Learning to get along with our parents. 请用英语写一篇演讲稿，内容如下：
（1）现象：经常给父母发火，甚至几天不讲话。[www.61k.com］
（2）原因：父母过分关注分数，我们…
(3)措施：我们应该和父母沟通，我们…我们…
Good morning,ladies and gentlemem:
Today my speech topic is Learning to get along with our parents.
These days ,most of us feel it hard to get along with our parents.
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
That’s all for my speech .thank you .
第三课时（Section B 1a-2a)
【学习目标】：
1). 能掌握本节课的单词,句子：member， pressure… My parents
give me a lot of pressure about school .
2) . 进行听力训练，提高综合听说能力。
3) . 遇到问题要主动地去和家人，朋友，同学交流，学会放松，缓解压力。
【学习重、难点】：
1) 进行听力训练，提高综合听说能力。
1）.听力训练
33
新目标英语 2014年新目标英语八年级下册全册教案
温故知新：
复习Unit4 Section A Grammar Focus 中的句子，看看你能背
写下了吗？
自主互助学习：
和同桌合作完成Unit4 Section B 1a,1b
听力训练
1. 认真听录音完成了1c和1d。(www.61k.com）
2. 再听录音核对答案。
3. 综合提高 ：小组分角色朗读听力材料中的对话。
重点语法学习：
Until, so that ,although 引导的状语从句：
Until：在带有till或until引导的时间状语从句从句里，如
果主句用肯定式，其含义是“一直到……时”，谓语动词只能用延续性动词。如果主句用否定式，其含义是“直到……才……”, “在……以前不……”, 谓语动词可用瞬间动词。
例如： The young man read till the light went out.
Let’s wait until the rain stops.
We won’t start until Bob come
Don’t get off until the bus stops.
so that：引导目的状语从句 so that（为了，以便）
例如：We started early so that we could catch the first train.
He studies hard so that he could work better in the future Although：although的用法意思相当于though（尽管，虽然），用来引导让步状语从句。它所引导的从句不能与并列连词but，and， so等连用，但可以和yet， still等词连用。
例如：① Although the book was old, we decided to buy it.
尽管这本书很旧，我们还是决定买。
② Although he was tired, he went on working.
【当堂训练】：
一 . 根据提示完成单词。
1. What’s _________ （毛病）？
--- I can’t find my key.
2. Helen doesn’t want to help him, ________ （也） .
3. My sister didn’t pass the exam, so she is very u_______ .
4. The magazine is i________ （不贵） , and you can take it.
二．选择填空
1. Maybe you should __________ .
A. call in her B. call up her C. call her up
34
新目标英语 2014年新目标英语八年级下册全册教案
2. Brian doesn’t like __________ .
A. reading B. read C. reads
3. Yesterday I went to the library. Henry went there, ________ .
A. either B. too C. also
4. Charles’ cousin is the same age ________ him. They get on well ______ each other.
A. as, with B. as, on C. as, in
5. _______ he’s old, he can still carry this heavy bag.
A. Though B. Since C. For
6.. I hurried _____ I wouldn’t be late for class.
A. since B. so that C. unless
7.The teacher raised his voice _______ all the students could hear him.
A. for B. so that C. because
8 .We won’t start ______ Bob comes.
A. until B .if C. unless
三．根据学习的知识，完成对话：
Boy1: Hey,Peter,what's __1___?
Boy2: I had an argument __2___ my best friend.What ___3__ I do? Boy1: Well,you should ___4__him a letter.
Boy2 :I don't think so. I don't like writing letters. Boy1: Maybe you should _5____ him up.
Boy2: No,I don't want __6___alk about it_7____the phone. Boy1: Well,you should say you're sorry.
Boy2 :Yes,I know I should,but it's not easy.
Boy1: Maybe you could go to his house.
Boy2: I guess I could,but I don't want to _8____ him.
Boy1: Hey,I know.You could give him a ticket to a ball gama. Boy2: Well,that's a good ____9_,but I don't have__10___ money.
第四课时 (Section B 2b-3b)
【学习目标】：
1).掌握下列单词及短语：
not…until .fit…into. too much pressure. complain…about. 35
新目标英语 2014年新目标英语八年级下册全册教案
Free ,freedom…
2).掌握句型：
1.The tired children don’ t get home until 7pm.
2.Teacher complain about teaching tired kids in the classroom…
3) . 遇到问题要主动地去和家人，朋友，同学交流，学会放松，缓解压力。[www.61k.com]
【学习重、难点】：
1).句式：not…untill , It’ s time for sth./It’ s time to do sth, find it +形+to do sth. 2).学会放松，缓解压力。
温故知新：
1. after-school activities课外活动2.be worried about 担心
3. from…to… 从…到… 4. not…until 直到…才（谓语动词一般是非延续动词 5. be afraid of 害怕
6. It’ s time for sth./It’ s time to do sth.该做..的时间到了
8. compare…with…比较，对比
9. too much pressure 太大压力10.complain about doing sth
抱怨做某事 11.take part in=join in 参加（某种活动/集会）
12.see sb. doing sth.看到某人正在做… 13.compare…with…把…与…比较
14.nothing new没什么新鲜的事 15.all kinds of 各种各样
16.find it +形to do...发现做某事……
17.on the one hand一方面 18.on the other hand 另一方面19.free(自由的)------freedom(自由)
自主互助学习
1. 阅读Unit4 Section B 2b 合作完成 2c，2d，核对答案。
2. 阅读文章指出中心句。
3. 读熟文章。
【当堂训练】：
一、 单项选择
( )1.Teachers complain about _____________tired kids in the classroom.
A.teach B.taught C.teaching D.teaches
( )2.I ___________home until finish my homework.
A.won’ t go B.will go C.go D.went
36
新目标英语 2014年新目标英语八年级下册全册教案
( )3.It’ s time ______homework.
A.at B.for C.to D.with
( )4.It’ s time ______ do homework.
A.at B.for C.to D.with
( )5.They’ re ____________.
A.enough busy B.busy enough C.enough busies D.busy to
enough
6.I feel under_________(press).
7.He may find it difficult____________(learn) English.
8.Parents should give us more________(free).
9.______________(一方面)， He is a good student.
10._____________(另一方面)， He speaks English very well.
第五课时 Self Check
【学习目标】：
1.掌握本单元中的重点词汇，短语，并灵活运用，学会谈论问
题和提出建议。（www.61k.com]
2.遇到问题要主动地去和家人，朋友，同学交流,要学会放松，
缓解压力。
【学习重、难点】：
1.本单元重点词汇，短语，结构。
2.遇到问题要主动地去和家人，朋友，同学交流,要学会放松，
缓解压力
【自习检测】：
一、 单项选择
( )1. If you don’t go to the park, I won’t go, ______.
A. too B. also C. either
( )2. We saw his sister _____ here at that moment.
A. play B. played C. playing
( )3. —When will she go home?
—She ______ home until she finishes her work.
A. won’t go B. didn’t go C. will go
( )4. Yesterday, they talked about something important ______
the phone.
A. in B. of C. on
( )5 My sister spends some time ________ on weekends.
37
新目标英语 2014年新目标英语八年级下册全册教案
A. reading B. to read C. reads
( )6. —Let’s go to the zoo .—_______.
A. Hold on, please B. Of course
C. Good idea
( )7. —It seems that today is ______ yesterday.
—Yes, you should wear a warm coat.
A. as hot as B. as cold as C. so cold as
( )8. She looked ________ when she heard the _______ news.
A. surprised; surprising
B. surprising; surprised
C. surprising; surprising
( )9. —I can’t find him. What should I do?
—Maybe you should ____.
A. call him up B. keep him out C. hear of him
二. 完形填空
Many parents want their children to be famous one day. But do children have the same___1__?
A new__2____—Hi, Ke'ai is on at Beijing Children's Art Theatre. It tells the story of a boy called Ke'ai. His parents would like him to become a painter or a __3_____ one day. They teach him to __4__and to play the violin, but Ke'ai doesn't enjoy these activities. Then one day Ke'ai's parents see Liu Xiang win a gold___5___ at the Athens Olympic Games, and they want him to be a sportsman.
"___6___do they want me to be someone else?" Ke'ai asks and says, "I only want to be____7______."
The play shows us that it is good for parents to learn to _____8_____their children. It helps parents to think about what kids want to do.
Young audiences(观众)enjoy the story, and also the___9___in the play. There are two songs in the play. One of them, "Ke'ai's Song" is very ___10_____to learn, so the audiences can sing the song on their way home after the play!
【1】 A．jobs B．dreams C．habits D．hobbies
【2】 A．song B．film C．play D．opera
【3】 A．writer B．teacher C．sportsman D．musician
38
新目标英语 2014年新目标英语八年级下册全册教案
【4】 A．paint B．write C．run D．drive
【5】 A．match B．ring C．medal D．race
【6】 A．How B．Why C．When D．Where
【7】 A．myself B．different C．alone D．great
【8】 A．encourage B．understand C．criticize D．inspire
【9】 A．light B．clothes C．skill D．music
【10】 A．easy B．difficult C．important D．necessary
三．根据情景选择适当的句子,补全对话
A: _____ 1 You look unhappy.
B: I want to buy a computer_____ 2
A: Well, you could borrow some from your brother.
B:_____ 3 Because my brother doesn’t have money, either. A: Maybe you should ask your parents for some money. B: No, I don’t think so.
A:_____ 4
B: Because they don’t want me to spend more time playing computer games.
A: Then I think you should get a part-time job.
B:_____5
A. Why?
B. That’s a good idea.
C. What’s wrong with you?
D. But I don’t have enough money.
E. I’m afraid I can’t.
书面表达 假如你是Linda,你的笔友Sally性格比较内向,不善于与人交往,与同学的关系也不太融洽,所以她在学习生活中的压力很大,请你给她写封信,提一些建议。［www.61k.com)注意:60词左右。
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ 39
新目标英语 2014年新目标英语八年级下册全册教案
__________________________________________________________________________________________________
【课后反思】:
Unit 5 What were you doing when the rainstorm came? 教学目标：
1 语言目标：能运用过去时态描写过去发生的事情
2 技能目标：能听懂有关过去发生事件，能简单描写过去发后的事件
3 情感目标：能过学习本课，培养学生在困境中互帮互助的品质 教学重点
单词短语: rainstorm, suddenly, alarm , go off , pick up , strange, report, area, wood, light, window, match, beat,
heavily, against, asleep, fall asleep, die down, rise, apart, passage, pupil, bright, play ground, bell, completely, silence, in silence, recently, date, tower, at first, realize, truth 句子:
1. What were you doing at eight last night? I was taking a shower.
2. What was she doing at the time of the rainstorm?
She was doing her homework.
3. What was he doing when the rainstorm came?
He was reading in the library when the rainstorm came.
4. What was Ben doing when it began to rain heavily?
When it began to rain, Ben was helping his mom make dinner.
5. What was Jenny doing while Linda was sleeping?
While Linda was sleeping, Jenny was helping Mary with her homework
语法：过去进行时。[www.61k.com]
教学难点: when, while引导的时间状语从句中的过去时和过去进行时
课时划分
Section A 1 (1a -2d)
Section A 2 (3a-3c)
Section A 3 (Grammar Focus-4c)
Section B 1 (1a-2e)
40
新目标英语 2014年新目标英语八年级下册全册教案
Section B 2 (3a-self check)
Section A 1 (1a-2d)
Step 1 Warming up
Yesterday, there was a rainstorm. Where were they when the
rainstorm came?
Here are some reports.
For example:
A: Where were you when the rainstorm came?
B: I was in the library.
A: What were you doing when the rainstorm came?
B: I was waiting for the bus at the bus stop.
1a Where were the people at the time of the rainstorm? Match
the statements with the people in the picture.
1. _____ I was in the library.
2. _____ I was in my house.
3._____ I was on the street.
4._____ I was at the bus stop.
Step 2 Listening：What were they doing when the rainstorm came?
Let’s listen. Pay
attention to “was/were +doing”
1b Listen to the TV report and circle the correct response. a. doing my homework / studying
b. playing basketball / reading
c. going to work / waiting for the bus
d. walking home / shopping
Step 3 Speaking
Look at the pictures and answer the questions by using “was/were + doing”
For example:
A: What was the boy doing at the time of the rainstorm? B: He _____________________.
Pair work: 1c Talk about what the people in 1a were doing at
the time of the rainstorm.
Step 4 Listening
2a Listen and number the pictures 1-5.
2b Listen again. Fill in the blanks in the sentences in 2a. 41
新目标英语 2014年新目标英语八年级下册全册教案
Step 5 Speaking
2c Use the information in 2a to retell the story in a
conversation between the boy and
a TV reporter.
2d Role play the conversation.
Step 6 Language points
1. My alarm didn’t go off so I woke up late.
alarm n. 闹钟
e.g. What time shall I set the alarm for?
我该把闹钟拨到几点钟响？
2. I was waiting for the bus when it began to rain heavily.
1) begin v. (began) 开始
e.g. I’ll begin whenever you’re ready.
你什么时候准备好我就开始。(www.61k.com］
常用的句型： begin to do与begin doing
一般来说，begin to do和begin doing可以互换，但在以下三种
情况下，用to do。
I. 主语不是指人，而是it等。
如：It began to rain.
II. begin后接表示心理活动的词。如：begin to know还有believe,
wonder, think
等词。
III. begin本身是ing形式，为避免重复后接to do。 即：beginning
to do
2) heavily adv. 在很大程度上；大量地
e.g. moving heavily 吃力地移动
It was raining heavily. 雨下得很大。
3. So, when the rainstorm suddenly came, …
suddenly adv. 突然；忽然
e.g. I suddenly remembered that I hadn’t locked the door. 我忽然想起没有锁门。
4. That’s strange.
strange adj. 奇特的，奇怪的；不可思议的
e.g. a strange noise 奇怪的声音
He’s always here; it’s strange you’ve never met him. 他经常在这，你却没有见过他，真是不可思议。
5. I called at seven and you didn’t pick up.
pick up(=pick up the phone) 接电话
42
新目标英语 2014年新目标英语八年级下册全册教案
pick up 还有以下含义：
1) 拾起；抱起
e.g.
The children picked up many sea shells at the seashore.
孩子们在海边捡到许多贝壳。［www.61k.com)
Pick that book up. 把那本书拣起来。
2) 搭载
e.g. The car stopped to pick me up.
汽车停下来接我。
Step 7 Speaking
Make a survey. Ask your partners in your group what they were
doing at the following time. Fill in the form then give a
Report: Tom was reading.
Peter was shopping…
A: What were you doing yesterday at 7:00?
B: I was reading.
Step 8 Summary
1. 在图书馆 in the library 2. 在的时候 at the time of
3. 去上班 go to work 4. 等公共汽车wait for the bus
5. 走路回家walk home 6. 在街上on the street
7. 打篮球play basketball 8. 弹钢琴play the piano
Step 9 Exercise
根据上下文内容填空。
43
新目标英语 2014年新目标英语八年级下册全册教案
Mary: What ______ you doing last night, Linda? I called at seven
and you didn’t pick ____.
Linda: Oh, I was in the kitchen helping my mom.
Mary: I see. I called _____ at 8 and you didn’t _______ then either.
Linda: What was I doing at 8? Oh, I know. When you called, I was ______ a shower.
Mary: But then I called again at 9.
Linda: Oh, I _____ sleeping at that time.
Mary: So early? That’s strange.
Linda: Yeah, I was tired. Why _____ you call so many times? Mary: I needed help with my homework. So while you were ________,
I called Jenny and she helped me.
Step 10 Homework
1. Remember the words and phrases in this lesson.
2. Finish the exercises in the workbook.
Section A 2 (3a-3c)
Step 1 Revision
1. Ask students to talk about what they were doing last night in groups of four then give a report.
2. 写出下列短语
在图书馆 in the library
在……的时候 at the time of
去上班 go to work
等公共汽车 wait for the bus
走路回家 walk home
在街上 on the street
打篮球 play basketball
Step 2 Presentation
Ask the students to look at the picture and think about what has happened.
Step 3 Reading
3a Read the passage quickly and answer the following questions
1) What was the weather like before the heavy ran started?
2）What was the neighborhood like after the storm?
Keys: 1. Black clouds were making the sky very dark. With no
light outside, it felt like midnight.
44
新目标英语 2014年新目标英语八年级下册全册教案
2. The neighborhood was in a mess.
3b Read the passage again and complete the sentences using
information from the
passage.
1) When the news on TV was reported, strong winds were
_____________ outside.
2）While Ben’s mom was making sure the radio was working,
his dad
________________.
3) Ben _____________________ when the heavy rain finally
started.
4) When Ben _______________at 3:00 a.m., the wind
_________________.
Keys: 1) were blowing
2) was putting pieces of wood over the windows
3) was helping his mom make dinner
4) fell asleep: was dying down
Step 4 Speaking
3c Discuss the questions with a partner.
“Although the storm broke many things apart, it brought
families and neighbors
closer together.” What other can bring people closer
together? How can we help
each other in times of difficulty?
Step 5 Language points
1. With no light outside, it felt like midnight.
此句中介词with表示一种伴随状况，同时还包含着某种因果关系，
表示“因某
种状况的存在而导致……”, 因此可翻译成“由于；因为”等。（www.61k.com） e.g. With my parents away, I’m the king of the house. 我爸妈不在家，我可是家中的“王”了！
I can’t work with all that noise going on.
由于那噪音响着，我无法工作。
2. Ben’s dad… while his mom was making sure the flashlights and radio were
working.
1) 此句中的连词while的意思是 “当……的时候；和……同时”，
while还可以表示“而；然而；但”之意，用来说明和强调两种 45
新目标英语 2014年新目标英语八年级下册全册教案
事情或情形不同。［www.61k.com）
e.g. Tom is active and outgoing while his sister Rosa is shy and quiet.
汤姆活跃外向，而他的妹妹罗莎却害羞腼腆。
2) make sure“确认，查明，核实；确保；设法保证”，其后可接句
子，或接介词
of及宾语，用来引入需要确认的内容。
e.g. Could you make sure what time he’s arriving?
你能确认一下他几点到达吗？
Make sure you turn off the TV before you leave the house. 在你离开屋子前确认关闭了电视。
3) 此句中的work表示机器，器官等 “运作，运转”，这是动词work
的一种基本
用法。
e.g. My watch is waterproof— that means it would work fine even
if it’s in water. 我的手表是防水的— 这就是说即便在水里它也会正常运转。
3. It was hard to have fun with a serious storm happening outside.
It is adj.+ to do sth. 做……怎么样。
It is adj. for sb. to do sth. 对某人来说做……怎么样。 e.g. It is important for us to learn English. 对我们来说学英语很重要。
活学活用：
1. 在街上踢球很危险。
It is _______________ soccer on the street.
2. 每天早上读书对你来说很有必要。
It is ________ for you _______ in the morning.
3. 对他来说完成作业很容易
It is ____ for him __________________.
4. He finally fell asleep when the wind was dying down at around 3:00 a.m.
fall asleep 进入梦乡，睡着
asleep adj. 睡着
区别sleepy, asleep & sleep
sleepy是形容词，可意为 “困倦的；瞌睡的”，可作定语和表语。如：
I’ll go to bed. I’m sleepy. 我要去睡觉了。我困了。
46
新目标英语 2014年新目标英语八年级下册全册教案
asleep是形容词，意思是“睡着的”，强调状态，常作表语。［www.61k.com］短语fall asleep意为“入睡；睡着”。如：
Grandma fell asleep when watching TV. 奶奶看电视时睡着了。 sleep可作动词，意为 “睡觉”，也可作名词，意为“睡眠；睡觉”。 如：
My father is sleeping. Please keep quiet. 我父亲在睡觉，请保持安静。
die down逐渐变弱，逐渐平息
e.g. When you saw him, his anger had died down a bit.
你看见他的时候，他的火气已经下去了。
5. When he woke up, the sun was rising.
rise是不及物动词，意为：（价格、水位等）上涨；（月亮、太阳等）
上升。
e.g. It is too hot. The temperature rises by 6℃ today. 太热了。今天的气温一下子上升了6摄氏度。
Step 6 重点短语
feel like
at first
fall asleep
die down
make sure
wake up
in a mess
clean up
help each other
in times of difficulty
Homework
Read the text and remember the language points.
Preview next lesson.
Section A 3 (Grammar focus-4c)
Step 1 Revision
Look at the pictures and make up the sentences. Step 2 Grammar Focus
读下列句子，能否总结出句子中包含的语法？
1. What were you doing at eight last night?
I was taking a shower.
2. What was she doing at the time of the rainstorm? 47
新目标英语 2014年新目标英语八年级下册全册教案
She was doing her homework.
3. What was he doing when the rainstorm came?
He was reading in the library when the rainstorm came.
4. What was Ben doing when it began to rain heavily? When it began to rain, Ben was helping his mom make dinner.
5. What was Jenny doing while Linda was sleeping?
While Linda was sleeping, Jenny was helping Mary with her homework.
Step 3 过去进行时
1. 基本概念：过去进行时表示在过去某一时刻或一段时间内正
在进行的动作。（www.61k.com）这一特定的过去时间除有上下文暗
示以外, 一般用时间状语来表示。
2. 结构 was / were ( not ) + 动词-ing
3. 句式
肯定式：
I/He/She/It was working.
We/You/They/ were working.
否定式:
I/He/She/It was not working.
We/You/They/ were not working.
疑问式和简略回答:
Was I working?
Yes, you were.
No, you were not.
Were you working?
Yes, I was.
No, I was not.
Was he/she/it working?
Yes, he/she/it was.
No, he/she/it was not.
Were we/you/they working?
Yes, you/we/they were.
No, you/we/they were not.
注：
1) was not常缩略为wasn’t; were not常缩略为weren’t。
2) 一般过去时与过去进行时用法的比较: 一般过去时表示在
过去某个时间发生过的动作或存在的状态, 而过去进行时则
48
新目标英语 2014年新目标英语八年级下册全册教案
表示在过去某一时刻或某一段时间正在进行的动作。（www.61k.com)
例如:
David wrote a letter to his friend last night.
大卫昨晚给他的朋友写了封信。(信写完了。)
David was writing a letter to his friend last night. 大卫昨晚一直在给他的朋友写信。(信不一定写完。)
Practice: Look at the picture and make up the dialogues. Step 4 过去进行时中的when和while
when和while都可表示“当……的时候”，引导时间状语从
句。你知道两者在过去进行时中的用法有什么不同吗？
请仔细观察下面的例句，然后补全空格中的内容。
① I was walking to school when I saw a cat in a tree. ② When Sally arrived home, her mother was cleaning the
house.
主句的动作是持续性的，而从句动作是短暂性的，此时用
_______引导时间状语从句，主句用_____________时态，
从句用一般过去时态。
③ While I was sleeping in the bedroom, someone knocked
at the door.
④ David fell while he was riding his bike.
主句的动作是短暂性的，从句的动作是持续性的，此时用
_________引导从句，主句用____________时态，从句用
过去进行时态。
⑤ While Andy was waiting for the bus, he was reading
a newspaper.
⑥ He was cleaning his car while I was cooking.
主句和从句的动作在过去的某时刻或某段时间同时发生，
而且动作都是持续性的，此时用_________引导从句，而且
主句和从句都用_____________时态。
Practice: 汉译英。
Step 5 活学活用
4a. Look at the table and write sentences with both while
49
新目标英语 2014年新目标英语八年级下册全册教案
At 7:00 a.m., I woke up. _____ I ____ making my
breakfast, my brother ______ listening to the radio.
________ I was eating, the radio news talked about a
car accident near our home. My brother and I went out
right away to have a look. _____ we got to the place
of the accident, the car _____ in bad shape from hitting
a tree. But luckily the driver ____ fine. The roads
______ icy because of the heavy snow from the night
before.
Step 6 Speaking
4c. What were you doing at these times last Sunday? Fill
in the chart. Then ask your partner.
Step 7 Exercises
I. 根据汉语意思完成下列英语句子，每空一词。［www.61k.com]
1. 昨天下午五点钟你哥哥在做什么？
What ________ your brother ________ at five yesterday afternoon?
2. 昨天我回到家时，我妈妈在洗衣服。
My mother _____ ________ clothes ________ I ________ home
yesterday.
3. 你做作业时，你妹妹在干什么？
What ________ your sister ________ ________ you ________
________ your homework?
Ⅱ. 根据各题后括号内的要求完成下列各题，每空一词（含缩略形式）。
1. I was running in the park at 7:00 yesterday morning. (改 50
新目标英语 2014年新目标英语八年级下册全册教案
为一般疑问句并作肯定回答)
—________ ________ ________ in the park at 7:00
yesterday morning?
—________, ________ ________. 2. I was flying kites with my friends at this time last
Sunday. (对划线部分提问)
________ ________ ________ ________ at this time last Sunday?
3. They were playing basketball from three to four
yesterday. (改为否定句)
They ________ ________ basketball from three to four yesterday.
Step 8 Homework
After class, please make some dialogues with the phrases and sentences in 4c.
Section B 1 (1a-2e)
Step 1 Presentation
1a Think of a time when you were late for or couldn’t go to an event.
What was the event?
What was the reason why you were late or couldn’t go? Tell your partner the story.
Step 2 Listening
What happened to the girl? Let’s listen.
1b. Listen and write short answers to the questions.
1. What event happened at the school yesterday?
2. Who missed the event?
3. Which team won at the event?
1c Listen again. Number the events 1-6 in the order they happened.
____ Kate saw a dog by the side of the road.
____ Kate got to the bus stop.
____ Kate called the Animal Helpline.
____ Kate left the house.
____ Kate waited for someone to walk by.
____ Kate realized her bag was still at home.
Step 3 Speaking
51
新目标英语 2014年新目标英语八年级下册全册教案
1d. Talk about why Kate missed the school basketball
competition. Student A begins a sentence with while or when. Student B completes the sentence.
A: When she got to the bus stop, Kate …
B: When she got to the bus stop, Kate realized that her
bag was still at home.
A: While she was running back home, …
B: While she was running back home, she saw a dog by
the side of the road.
Step 4 Presentation
2a. Look at the pictures and the title in the passage. What
do you think the passage is about?
阅读指导：
Read the title and first Sentences.
The title can be helpful for you to understand a text. It
is also a good idea to
read the first sentence of each paragraph before you read
the whole text.
Step 5 Reading
2b. Read the passage and answer the questions.
1. What are the two events in the passage?
2. When did they happen?
2c. Read the passage again. Are the following statements
true (T) or false (F), or is the information not given (NG)?
___ 1. Everyone in American remembers who killed Dr. King.
___ 2. Robert Allen was eating lunch when Dr. King was killed.
___ 3. Robert’s parents were shocked to hear the news. ___ 4. Kate Smith was watching a movie when a plane hit
the World Trade Center.
___ 5. Kate didn’t think her friend was telling the truth about the event.
2d. Underline sentences from the passage with similar
meanings to the ones below.
1. Not everyone will remember who killed him, but they can
remember what they were doing when they heard that he got 52
新目标英语 2014年新目标英语八年级下册全册教案
killed.
2. No one said anything for the rest of dinner.
3. September 11, 2001---- the date alone means something
to most people in the US.
4. I had trouble thinking clearly after that because I was very afraid.
Step 6 Language points
1. passage n. 章节，段落
passage 作“(文章的)段落”解时, 不限于文章的一个自然段, 也
可以由若干句话或若干个 paragraphs 组成。［www.61k.com］
passage 也可作“一段, 一节”解, 一般指讲话、文章或乐曲的一部分。
e.g. The teacher spent an hour in explaining this passage.
老师用了一小时来讲解这一段。
Choose the correct order of the following sentences to form a passage.
把下列句子排好顺序组成一篇短文。
2. My parents were completely shocked!
completely adv. 彻底地，完全地
e.g. I understand completely. 我完全明白。
shocked adj. 惊愕的；受震惊的
e.g. She was so shocked that she could hardly say a word.
她大为震惊，几乎一句话也说不出来。
[即学即练] 翻译下列句子。
1) 看到邻居那样对待孩子我很惊愕。
2) 他对她抽烟感到很震惊。
3. My parents did not talk after that, and we finished the rest of our dinner in silence.
in silence 沉默，无声
without speaking or making a sound; silently
e.g. Many patients were waiting in silence.
许多病人在静静地等候着。
A hundred and fifty reporters sat in silence.
在场的150名记者静静地坐在那里。
4. I didn’t believe him at first.
at first “起初，首先”，作为介词短语，只起副词作用（在句
中用作状语）。 at first主要用于强调前后对照，暗示接下去的动作与前面的动作不同甚至相反，因此常有 but, afterwards, 53
新目标英语 2014年新目标英语八年级下册全册教案
soon, at last 等相呼应。［www.61k.com］
e.g. At first we used hand tools. 首先我们使用手工工具。
At first I didn’t want to go, but soon I changed my mind. 我开始不想去，但我很快就改变了主意。
Step 7 Speaking
2e. How much do you remember about the events in the passage?
Test your partner.
A: When did Dr. Martin Luther King die?
B: He died on …
Step 8 Summary
1. 在历史上 in history
2. 默默地 in silence
3. 首先 at first
4. 讲实话 tell the truth
5. 做......感到吃惊 be shocked to do sth.
6. 做某事有麻烦 have trouble doing sth.
7. 如此......以致 so … that
Step 9 Homework
1. Remember the words and phrases in this lesson.
2. Finish the exercises in the workbook.
Section B 2 (3a – Self check)
Step 1 Free talk
Look at the picture and talk about what they were doing
when the plane hit the World Trade Center.
Step 2 Presentation
3a Make notes about an event you remember well.
What was the event?
When did it happen?
Where did it happen?
What were you doing?
What were your friends doing?
Why was it important?
Why do you remember this event?
Step 3 Writing
3b Write a short article about the important event in 3a. Try to write three paragraphs.
54
新目标英语 2014年新目标英语八年级下册全册教案
First, write about the event (when and where it happened). Next, write about what you and some of your friends were doing when this event happened.
Then, write about why this event was important.
An important event that I remember well was
_____________________.
It happened in/on _____________ at /in __________________. When I heard the news of this event/ When this event happened, I was ____________.
My friends were _________________. This event is very important to me because _____________. /I remember this event well because _________________.
One possible version
An important event that I remember well was Wenchuan Earthquake. It happened on May 12, 2008 in Wenchuan, Sichuan. When I heard the news of this event, I was working. My friends were watching games on TV. This event is very important to me because many people died in the earthquake. They need some help. Lots of people came to help them.
【课后反思】
Unit 6 An old man tried to move the mountains.
第一课时
Section A (I)
一 自主学习 1.（1）预习Page41 页词汇（2）能熟练运用描绘身体部位的词汇。（www.61k.com]
（3）学生明确学习目标
（4）质疑释疑1.An old man tried to move the mountains.
try是动词，意为“试图，设法” 如：我正设法算出这道数学题。
动词try还表示“试”、“尝试”，“试用” 你试过种药了吗？
拓展：try搭配的词组：try to do sth设法做某事；try on试穿； 55
新目标英语 2014年新目标英语八年级下册全册教案
try out尝试，实验；try one’s best尽全力；have a try试一下。（www.61k.com] 随手练：⑴明天我将尽量早来。
⑵他还没有试穿过这件毛衣。
⑶我们的老师总是尝试一些新的想法。 ⑷Lucy将尽力赶上其他同学。
⑸让我试一下。
2与how 有关的短语：how big多大、how far多远、 how soon多久、how long 多长、how often多少一次、how wide 多宽、how many\much多少
⑴这条街多宽？
⑵你妈妈多久回来？
⑶从车站到超市多远？
3. In 1972, it was discovered that they are endangered. 1972年，人们发现它们已经濒于灭绝。
was discovered是一般过去时的被动语态，discover“发现”，近义词为find和invent。
【友情链接】discover, invent与find
◎discover指发现过去所不知道的东西，新奇或意外的东西。
Coal was first discovered and used in China. 中国首先发现并使用了煤。
Columbus discovered America on the 12th of October, 1492. 1492年10月12日，哥伦布发现了美洲。
◎invent意为“发明”，即创造出以前从未存在过的东西。
Edison invented the electric lamp.爱迪生发明了电灯。
Radio had just been invented then.那时无线电刚刚发明出来。 ◎find意为“找到”，侧重于找到过去丢失的人或物，但有时也表示凭经验或偶然发现了一种东西。
Today, corn is found all over the world.今天，全世界都有了玉米。
She found him a very good pupil.她发现他是个非常好的学生。 ◎有时find和discover可以互相替代，意思相同。
His notebook was found/discovered in the desk. 他的笔记本是在课桌里找到的。
4.Some of the swamps have become polluted. 一些沼泽地受到了污染。
have become polluted 中的become是连系动词，polluted是过去分词。这种“系动词+过去分词”结构，意思上也接近被动语态。 The slodier got wounded(接近were wounded)in the battle. 56
新目标英语 2014年新目标英语八年级下册全册教案
这几名战士在这场战斗中受了伤。(www.61k.com)
A few minutes later, the ground became/was covered with snow.
几分钟后地上尽是雪。
5.I’m like this animal because I am strong and intelligent.I
like water,and I like to eat vegetables.
我像这种动物因为我有强壮又聪明。我喜欢水，我喜欢吃蔬菜。
be like 像 look like 看起来像 like sth.喜欢某物 like to do sth.
喜欢做某事 like sb. To do sth.喜欢某人做某事
(五)当堂检测 I. 单项选择：
（）1.There used to be river in front of the city, ?A.did it
B.usedn’t it C.didn’t thereD.did there
（ ）2.Let’s turn the radio down.Your father .A.is sleeping
B.slept C.sleeps D.is sleep
（ ）3.—Where is Bob?—He to the library.A.is going
B.has been C.went D.has gone
（ ）4.Another zoo in the city .A.built B.has
builtC.is being built D.will being built
（ ）5.How long may I your bike ?A.lend B.borrow
C.keep D.get
（ ）6.The animals are made in the zoo .A.live B.to
live C.living D.to living
（ ）7.I don’t know when he ,but if he ,I’ll call
you .
A.comes,comes B.will come, comes C.comes,will come
D.will come,will come
用所给动词的适当形式填空。
1.Knives are (use)to cut things .
2.The children were told that the sun (rise)in the east.
3.Sundenly I realized someone (follow)me.
4.He’s lived here since he (come)to the city .
5.He likes me______(go) swimming with him this afternoon.
第二课时
Section A （II）
（一）.自主学习：掌握单词remind god weak instead of hide magic
（二）质疑释疑
1．against介词必须和be或其它动词一起用，表示“与……对抗”
57
新目标英语 2014年新目标英语八年级下册全册教案
Our school played against K High School at baseball.
We are for peace and against war.
2、visit及物动词，名词是visitor 也可用作名词，表示参观.访问.常构成词组
make a visit to……(参观，访问)be on a visit to……（正在参观/访问中）go on a visit to……（去访问，去参观）This is my first visit to Beijing. Mr. Brown is on a visit to China.
3． Keep的用法，keep doing sth. 意思是继续不断的做某事，一直做某事.
The baby kept crying until his mother came back. keep其他用法
(1)．keep+adj. 意思是保持某种状态You must keep quiet in the library.
(2). keep+sb/sth +表地点的介词短语。（www.61k.com］意思是让某人一直在某地， you’d better keep the chicken in the fridge.
(3). Keep sb,/sth.from doing sth.意思是防止某人/某物做某事. The policemen kept the children form crossing the road when it was dangerous.
(4). Keep on doing sth.意思是反复做某事.Don’t keep on shouting at me.
3.They provide homes for many endangered animals.他们为许多濒临灭绝动物提供家园…
provide是及物动词，意为“提供”，“供给”。表示“提供……人……物件”是provide...with...；“提供……给……人”是provide...for...。
The school provides us with all the materials we need. 学校提供我们所需要的一切资料。
We are provided with everything we need for work.
我们被提供了工作所需要的一切。
The school provides all the books we need for us.
学校为我们提供我们需要的书籍。
【友情提示】
◎ provide for是“供养”的意思。
He has a large family to provide for. 他要养活一个大家庭。
4. and help to educate the public about caring for them.(P120)并且帮助教育公众关爱它们。
care for表示“喜欢”，“关心”之意，后接名词或v-ing形式作宾语，take care of也有这个意思。
58
新目标英语 2014年新目标英语八年级下册全册教案
He cared nothing for skating. 他对滑冰没有兴趣。(www.61k.com）
In our class, we care for each other. 在我们班上，我们相互关心。
Maria takes good care of everybody. 玛丽亚很关心大家。
【友情链接】care for还可以表示“照顾”，“照料”，相当于take care of或look after。
At night he fed and cared for the cattle. 夜里他照料牲口，给牲口喂食。
You must care for yourselves.
=You must look after yourselves.你们要照顾好自己。
The children are well cared for in the nurseries.
=The children are taken good care of in the nurseries. 孩子们在托儿所受到很好的照顾。
（三）．当堂检测
Ⅰ.从方框中选择适当的单词，并用其正确的形式填入句子中。有些选项是多余的。
1.Many people are worried about the __________ animals.
2.Have you ever________ a zoo before?
3.I don’t think zoos are _________ places for animals to live.
4.Tigers and some dangerous animals ____________ in cages in the zoo.
5.It’s necessary __________the zoo. 6.A zoo is a ___________ textbook for us.
7.This TV program __________ people to protect the environment.
8.Some large animals can_________ move in the cage.
Ⅱ.根据句意和首字母提示，完成句中单词。
1.It’s dangerous for animals to drink if the water becomes p .
2.Some animals are g and friendly to people. 3.The animal weighs about 200 p .
4.This is a habitat that has never been d by people.
5.Do you know the r why they didn’t come?
6.The nose of the elephant is about two meters l .
7.Zoos are places of great p for some endangered animals. Ⅲ.句型转换
1.Some endangered animals are looked after in the zoo.（改为同义句）
Some endangered animals are of in the zoo. 59
新目标英语 2014年新目标英语八年级下册全册教案
2.People are trying to save the manatees .（对画线部分提问） are people trying ?
3.It seems that Polar Bears are gentle animals.（改为同义句） Polar Bears seems gentle animals.
第三课时
Section B（I）
(一).自主学习1.熟读课文并理解文章内容 2.学生明确学习目标
（二）.质疑释疑
1.turn off the shower while you are washing your hair. (P121)洗头的时候关掉淋浴。［www.61k.com］
（1）turn off表示“关掉”，用在关掉收音机，煤气，自来水等场合。与其相关的几个短语是turn on“打开”，turn down“关小”，turn up“开大”。
（2）句中while与when是同义词，都可以用从属连词，引导状语从句表示时间，意思都是“当（在）……的时候”，但二者之间是有区别的。
【友情链接】while与when的用法
◎ when的含义是at or during the time that,既可用于指一点时间（从句的谓语动词需用终止性动词），也可用于指一段时间（从句的谓语动词用延续性动词），从句与主句里面的谓语动词所表示的动作或状态能同时发生，或一先一后发生。
◎ while的含义是during the time that,只能用于指一段时间（从句的谓语动词必须是延续性的），从句与主句里面的谓语动词所表示的动作只能同时发生，不能一先一后发生。
While I was reading, my mother was washing clothes.
我读书时，妈妈在洗衣服。
2.. You have probably never heard of Amy Winterbourne. (P122) 你可能从来没有听说过Amy Winterbourne。
【知识归纳】hear, hear from, hear of与hear that clause的用法：
（1）hear单独使用表示“听见”，“听到”，常用的结构有：
◎ hear sb/sth“听到某人或某物的声音”。
◎ hear sb do sth“听到某人做某事”。
◎ hear sb doing sth“听到某人正在做某事”。
特别提示
hear sb do sth指听到整个行动或整个事件；而hear sb doing sth是指听到了行动的一部分，有正在发生的意思。试比较：
60
新目标英语 2014年新目标英语八年级下册全册教案
I heard the boy go down the stairs.我听到这个男孩走下楼去。（www.61k.com） I heard the boy going down the stairs我听到这个男孩下楼的声音。
（2）hear from意为“收到……的信”；“得到……消息”。
特别提示hear from的宾语是表示人的名词或代词，而不是表示信件的名词。
（3）hear of意为“听说”，后面接名词，代词或动名词。
(4）hear接从句，是“听说”的意思。
3.. She is a most unusual woman. (P122)她是一个十分不寻常的女性。
【知识归纳】a most, the most与most的用法
（1）a most的用法。在“a most+形容词+名词”结构中，most是副词，意为“很，非常”，相当于very,用来修饰它后面的形容词，本句就是这一用法。
(2）the most 的用法
◎在“the most+形容词+名词”结构中,most 是副词，表示程度，意为“最”，与其后的形容词一起构成形容词的最高级。
4.The walls are made from old glass bottles that are glued together. (P122)墙是由旧玻璃瓶粘在一起建成的，be made from/of意为“由……（原料）制成”，后面一般接物质名词。接from则表示某物品制成后，已看不出原材料是什么，原材料在制作过程中已起了化学变化；接of表示某物品制成后，仍可看得出原材料，其原料在制作过程中仅起了物理变化。
知识拓展
◎ be made up of表示某物或某组织由一种种成分或一个个成员组成。
◎ be made into意为“把……做成……”，主语在意义上为原材料，介词宾语在意义上为制成品。
◎be made in意思是“在……（地点）制造”，介词in后接产地。 ◎be made by意思是“由……制造”，介词by后跟动作的执行者。
（五）当堂检测I.翻译下列短语：
1.在某人的空闲时间 2.关灯 3.停止做某事 4.不同意某人
5.由…制成 6.拆除_______7.照顾 8.过去经常做
9.喜欢做某事 10.看起来像
II.根据句意和首字母提示完成单词
1.R paper is very important to save trees. 2.We must save the e animals.
61
新目标英语 2014年新目标英语八年级下册全册教案
3.That zoo is s for animals to live in.
4.It’s our duty to protect the e and make our world more
beautiful.
5.We should not p the environment.
III.用所给单词的正确形式填空：
1.The old building (set up) yesterday. 2.Young people
should speak to old (polite).
3.Most of the trash can (recycle) in the future.
4.Pandas are (endanger) animals.
5.There are many people (pick) up apples.
第四课时
Section B(II)
一．自主预习:cheat stepmother husband wife whole scene
moonlight shine bright.
二．展示交流：1.hear of 听说， 后接名词，代词或动名词用于疑
问句.否定句中，不可用于进行时.
我以前从未听说过那件
事 .
爸爸不同意我说的话
2.out of 用…制成What did you made it out of? 从…里出来
He came out of the room.
在…外
Fish cannot live out of water.
由于…
They helped us out of kindness.
从…之中
You can chose one out of these ten books.
缺乏，没有
He’s out of breath.
在…范围之外
They are out of danger.
3.be made of 这桌子是用木头做的。(www.61k.com) be made out of 那座雕像是由石头雕成。 be made into竹子可以制成钓鱼杆。 62
新目标英语 2014年新目标英语八年级下册全册教案
be made in 这些小轿车是日本产的。(www.61k.com) be made by 这张桌子是他父亲做的。 be made by 计算机是由许多部件组成的。
4.be an inspiration to sb.
Lei Feng’s short life was a great inspiration to youth Inspire v. The actors inspired the kids. Inspirsing adj .He is an inspiring teacher. We all like him
三 过关检测：
1.She built a house out of trash.
A.her B.herself C.hers D. by her
2.The building was being pulled .
A.up B.down. C.out of D.out
3.The bridge is made big stones.
A.in B.form C.of D.out
4.The radio is too loud. Will you please ?
A.turn it down B.turn it on C.turn off it
D.turn down it
5.Some new buildings for the farmers in the village every
year.
A.were built B.are built C.is built D.will be
built
2、根据句意提示写出空缺单词的正确形式：
1.When the teacher came in, the students stopped (talk)
2.As soon as he saw me, he stopped (talk)to me.
3. (recycle)paper is difficult.
4.The bridge (build)30years.
5.The shop (close) at five every day.
6.Tina bought a (use) car, but it’s very (use).
7.It is said that there is no (live) things on the moon.
8.The roof of her house is made of (discard).
9.Look!They (play)football on the playground.
第五课时
self-check
一 。自主预习：The exercises in 2 on page48.
二．合作探究：1.Why are you wearing a coat?
63
新目标英语 2014年新目标英语八年级下册全册教案
Wear表 状态后接衣物.帽.手套.眼镜.手表等。［www.61k.com]
She was wearing sun-glasses.
Mike is wearing a new coat.
Put on穿着,指状态,不用与进行时连用。
Has often has on a black coat.
Be in 表 穿的状态，后接表颜色或衣服的词。
Is he in blue dress?
The woman is in red.
Dress 穿衣，作及物动词时，其宾语一般是人。
The girl likes to dress in black.
Will you dress the children?
2.That apartment block is old and dangerous.
It should be pulled down.
此句是含情态动词的被动语态：情态动词+be+过去分词 The book may be kept for two weeks by you.
Fish can be found everywhere in the sea.
The ring must be stolen.
三 。过关检测
（一） 1. you your breakfast?
Yes, I it at school.00000
A. Did; have; had B. Have; had; had C. Have had D. Did; have; have had
2.Mom,I must to go school at once. By the way, I the cat.
A..have fed B. fed C. will feed D.am feeding
3.I have watered plants but I haven’t fed the cat .
A.. yet; yet B. yet; already C. already; already
D .already; yet
4.I ’ll clean out the refrigerator
A.. just now B .after a moment C .in a minute D. yet
5.Every day my mother has to do .
A. .so many housework B. such many chores 64
新目标英语 2014年新目标英语八年级下册全册教案
C .so much chores D. so much housework
6.Animals are our friends. We must try the endangered animals.
A.. to save B. saving C. saves D. saved
7.Do you know who America?
A. .discovered B. found C. finds D. discovers
8.I’m against the animals. A.. kill B. to kill C. killing D. killed
9.Peter should hardly see the words on the blackboard, ?
A.. did he B. couldn’t he C .didn’t he D should he
10.What is cheese made ? A.. in B. of C. form D. into
11.He disagreed me. A. .with B. on C. to
D. in
12.Don’t forget the door when you leave the classroom.
A. .lock B. locked C. to lock D. locking
（二）、用所给单词的适当形式填空
1.I _______ (send)an e—mail for help but nobody has got back to me yet.
2.Look!There is a cat _______ (climb) up the tree.
3.School _______ (start)at eight and ends at twelve.
4.He used to _______ (take)a walk after supper.
5. _______ you _______ (buy)a travel guidebook? No, not yet.
6.I _______ (do)it hours ago.
7.They _______ (not come)back yet.
【课后反思】
Unit 7 What’s the highest mountain in the world?
Section A 1a - 2d ( 第1课时)
【学习目标】
1. 能够掌握本节课出现的重点短语和句子。[www.61k.com)
2. 谈论地理和自然现象，学会对事实和数字的比较，提高听说 65
新目标英语 2014年新目标英语八年级下册全册教案
能力。（www.61k.com]
【重点、难点】
识记形容词和副词比较级变法的多条规则；使用比较级来描述
人的外貌。
【导学指导】
温故知新
写出下列单词的比较级和最高级 high deep big long old young 自主互助学习
请根据预习写出下列短语
1.最高的山 2.最长的河
3.八百万平方公里 4. 1025米深
5.……的人口 6……的高度
7.和…一样大 11.少于……的长度 12.最古老的国家之一
66
新目标英语 2014年新目标英语八年级下册全册教案
Which river is longer ,the Nile or
theYellow River?
最高级一般用于 者以上相比，最高级前一般要加定冠词 ，比较级一般用于 者之间的比较，被比较者用 引出。［www.61k.com]
互助学习过程：
1. 比一比赛一赛：各小组长提问其它小组成员课前准备的短语，
看哪个小组完成得最棒！
2. 1a 展示同学们搜集的信息，讨论1a部分的四幅图片。
3. 1b 听录音完成1b，并在小组内共同订正听力的答案。
4. 2a 听录音把这些句子按照顺序排列起来。
5. 2b 再听一遍录音把句子补充完整。
6. 小组长带领大家讨论一下听力的答案，并负责解答组内其他同
学的疑问。
7. Pairwork 根据2a和2c 部分的信息自己完成对话。
【课堂练习】
（一）根据句意和首字母补全单词。
1. The l ______ river in Asia is the Yangtze River .
2. China is one of the oldest c ________ in the world .
3. One of the o________ countries in the world is China.
4. M __________ of city lies three meters blow sea
level .
5. Our playground is about 2000 s _______ meters in
size .
(二) 单项选择。
1. It’s ______ in the world .
A the biggest desert B biggest desert C the biggest
deserts D bigger desert
2. There are no man-made structures as _______ the Great
Wall
A bigger B big C bigger D the biggest
3. The Nile is 6,470 _________
A kilometers B kilometer C kilometers long D kilometer
long
4. Mount Tai is _______ lower than Qomolangma .
A lot’s of B many C very D much
5. Shanghai is one of _______ in the world .
A more big city B the biggest city C the biggest cities
67
新目标英语 2014年新目标英语八年级下册全册教案
D the most big city
Section A 3a – 4c ( 第2课时)
【学习目标】
1. 能够掌握本课出现的重点短语和句子。（www.61k.com)
2. 能够正确使用形容词的比较等级。
3. 能够运用形容词的比较等级去描述事物。
【导学指导】
2. 从课本中找出并翻译下列短语。
（1）最危险的运动之一 （2）登山，攀岩
（3）全世界 （4）中国的东南边境
（5）山顶 （6）严寒的天气条件
（7）大风暴 （8）冒着生命危险
（9）放弃 （10）实现梦想
【展示交流】
1. 将课前准备的情况在小组内交流讨论（老师点拨）。
2. 比一比赛一赛：各小组长提问其它小组成员讨论结果，看哪个
小组完成得最棒！
3. 3a 小组合作，共同找出课文中的重点短语和句型，并讲解给
同学们。
5. Groupwork 讨论“世界之最”，完成4a—4c.
【合作探究】
小组合作，总结一下表示事物长度、宽度、深度的表达方式。
___________________________________________________________
_______________
【达标拓展】
（一）用形容词和副词的适当形式填空。
1. Tom is ______ (tall) than any other student in his
class. So he is _______ (tall) in his class.
2. Li Ming is one of _________(clever) boys in our class.
3. The sun is _______ (bright) than all the other stars
68
新目标英语 2014年新目标英语八年级下册全册教案
because it is _______ (near) to the earth.
4. The earth receives _________ (little) heat from the
sun in winter than in summer.
5.The train is running _________ and _______ (fast).
6. He said that it was __________ (happy) day in his life.
（二）根据首字母提示完成句子。[www.61k.com） 1. we should learn the s of helping others.
2. Most animals don’t like to live in f________
conditions.
3. Many c_________ reached the top of the mountain this
morning.
4. Tibet（西藏）is in the s____________ part of China.
5. Of all the m________________, Qomolangma is the
highest and most famous.
Section B 1a – 1d ( 第3课时)
【学习目标】
1. 掌握课本中出现的重点单词和短语。
2. 能够掌握课文中出现的重点句子。
3. 学会表达事物之间的倍数关系。
【重点、难点】
识记并运用表达事物之间的倍数关系的词句；将听力中使用的
对比方法移为己用。
【导学指导】
温故知新
（1）最危险的运动之一 （2）登山，攀岩
（3）全世界 （4）中国的西南边境
（5）到达山顶 （6）严寒的天气
条件
（7）大风暴 （8）冒着生命危险
（9）挑战自己 （10）放弃做某事
自主互助学习
知识剖析：
我们为同学们总结初中英语中的长度、宽度、高度、深度的表示
方法作一简单的介绍，同学们看后，可以自己试试，看看自己对于这
部分内容学的怎么样。
初中英语语法大全中长度、宽度、高度、深度的表示法：
69
新目标英语 2014年新目标英语八年级下册全册教案
1、长度、宽度、高度、深度的表示法，有一个专门的结构，那就是“基数词 + 单位词 + 形容词”。（www.61k.com］
例句：Tiger Path is 200 meters long and has a high humidity. 老虎路有200米长，而且湿度很重。
We walk up three floors, which is about ten meters high. 我们走上三层楼，大概10米左右高。
2、除了上面的表示方法，有时也可以用“基数词 + 单位词 +in + 长度或者重量的名词”来表示长度、宽度、高度、深度。
The classroom was 25 feet in length and 20 feet in width. 教室有25英尺长，20英尺宽。
注意事项：若表示重量，可以用 in weight 结构。
例句：The box is 9 kilos。=The box is 9 kilos in weight。 这个箱子重9公斤。
学习过程
1. 认真观察图片，看图画中都有哪些动物，了解这些动物的信息，
并把这些动物跟人类做比较，看看区别在什么地方。
2. 小组讨论，用课本上提供的句型讨论这些动物之间的区别。
3. 听录音完成1b和1c，并在小组内交流，确定正确答案。
4. pairwork 列举几种不同的动物，并运用句型对他们进行比较。
【课堂练习】
一 单项选择
1. I don’t like to read books in the sunshine because it’s not good _______my eyes.
A. at B. for C. with D. to 2. Are they than an adult panda?
A. very smaller B a lot of smaller C much smaller
D smaller a lot
3. Her science and English are a little better ______ Lucy’s.
A. at B. in C. than D. of
4. In order to protect our earth, we should use the bus _____and drive our cars _____.
A. more, less B. less, more C. much, little D.
more, fewer.
5. Her physics ______ better than any other students’
A. is B. are C. do D. does.
70
新目标英语 2014年新目标英语八年级下册全册教案
1. What about a baby panda? 2. Is a baby panda also ?
3 My sister is _______________me, we are both outgong.
4 I went to bed late last night,_____________ I didn’
t get up early this morning.
Section B 2a – 2e ( 第4课时)
【学习目标】
●正确使用形容词、副词的原级，最高级和比较级
●学会对事实和数字的比较。（www.61k.com)
●意识到保护环境和自然资源的重要性
●提高学生的阅读能力。
【重点、难点】
1.理解2b的课文,能理解并运用其中的重点短语或句子。
2. 将比较级和数字的表达灵活地运用到文章中去。
【导学指导】
温故知新
一．短语翻译：
1. 出生时__________ 2.20到30千克___________
3.大约350厘米长__________ 4.活到_________
5.重的多__________ 6.10公斤食物_____________
二 写出下面句子
1 这头大象比那头大象重中很多倍。
__________________________________________________________________
2 初生时,一只熊猫大约0,1到0.2千克
__________________________________________________________________
3 一只熊猫能活20道30年.
________________________________________________
【知识梳理】
学习过程
一、自主学习，把下列短语翻译为英语。
71
新目标英语 2014年新目标英语八年级下册全册教案
1 阅读2b找出下面短语
1） 为……做准备 ________________________2）绊倒
___________
3）照顾、照料_______________________4）死于_____________
5)挽救……的重要性____________ 6）绊倒
_____________________
2 阅读第二遍完成下面内容：
Pandas do not have many , maybe only
one . The hobies often illnesses and do not live very long. Adults pandas more than 12 hours a day about 10 kilos
bamboo. Many years ago, there are bamboo forests and pandas than there are now. But then humans started to the forests , and there was
bamboo for the pandas. Scientists say there are now fewer than 2,000 pandas
in the remaining forests.
二、请划出2b中使用最高级的句子。[www.61k.com]
三、教师导学
1. 第一遍快速阅读2b，回答10、 12、200、2,000在文章中的
含义。
2.细读文章第二遍，回答2c问题。
3.再读一遍课文，写出文章中使用最高级的句子，完成2d。
四、能力提高，小组合作。
讨论保护熊猫的其他方法，调查你组里有多少同学赞同你的观
点，完成2e。
【课堂练习】：
一.完成课本2c-2d的所有练习。
二．用所给词的正确形式填空：
1.Of the two girls, I find Lucy the _______ (clever).
2.Iron(铁)is ________ (much) useful than gold(黄金).
3. The boy is ________ (interesting) than his brother.
4. Dick sings _______ (well), he sings ________(well)
than John,
5.Wangtao is a little________ than Lilei.(strong)
6. Which is_______, the sun,the earth or the
72
新目标英语 2014年新目标英语八年级下册全册教案
moon?(small)
7. Lucy speaks English very______. (good)
8. Who is ___________ (thin), you or Helen? Helen is.
9. Fangfang is not as _________ (tall) as the other
girls.
10. Who gets up _________ (early),Tim or Tom?
三．完成句子。(www.61k.com]
1.熊猫兴奋的跑过来甚至它们中有一些撞到他们的朋友摔
倒了.
They _____ _____ with excitement and some of them even _____ walk into their friends and .
2.他们是如此的机灵可爱。
They are so_____ _____ _____ your brother.
3.我照顾他们就像他们是我自己的孩子。
I _____ ______ them like they’re my own babies.
4.成年熊猫一天要花费12多个小时吃大约10千克竹子。
Adult pandas _____ ______ than 12 hours a day about 10 kilos of bamboo.
5.生活在剩余的森林里的熊阿毛不到2000只。 There are now 2000 pandas living in the
remaining forests.
Section B 3a-selfcheck ( 第5课时)
【学习目标】 学会用形容词和副词的最高级来描述个人喜好。
【重点、难点】
1. 单音节词和多音节词的最高级变化形式。
2. 不规则形容词和副词的最高级形式。
【导学指导】
温故知新
一、 比一比，写出下列单词的比较级和最高级形式，看谁写的
最快，最准确?
big _______ _______ cute_______ _______ black
_______ _______
hungyr _______ _______ lovely _______ _______
little _______ ______ important _______ _______ few_______
_______
73
新目标英语 2014年新目标英语八年级下册全册教案
beautiful _______ _______ popular
______________ ______________ famous _____________ ___________ endangered
____________ ______________
二 、小组成员用上面的比较级来描述熊猫性格和长相，找一名同学陈述比较结果。[www.61k.com）
自主互助学习
课前预习
1、小组合作: 小组讨论在我们城镇最好的电影院是哪家，哪里的
快餐最美味？哪里的服装店最时尚最便宜？
2、小组选出两人仿照2d作对话表演
课堂流程
1.读3a 中的单词和短语，小组讨论并填表来完成3a。
2. pairwork练习。做完之后，同桌利用3a的问句于答句做对话，进一步了解鲸鱼有关的信息。
3 .写作练习，提高写的能力。
小组完成讨论后根据3a的调查表，从鲸鱼的长相生活场所，饮食，活动目前生存状况或者其它方面来描述一下，随堂写出一篇作文。
4.小组合作完成self-check 。
【课堂练习】 一、 用括号内所给词的适当形式填空。
1.Miss Chen is __________ _________than Mr. Wang. (popular)
2. Question A _______ ________ _________ ________ Question
B. (important)
3. Toronto is _____ ______ city in Canada. (large)
4. Playing computer games is______ _____ _____ of all the activities.(interesting).
5. The Nile(尼羅河) is ______ ________river in the world. (long)
6. She is_______ than all the other students. (young)
7. The boy is ________ ________ of the two. (tall)
8. Where is the ________bus-stop? (near)
9. He is one of ________ ________ _______Politicians. (famous)
10. Tom drives much ________ __han John. (careful)。
【拓展练习】
单句改错：
1. He is as taller as I am. _________
74
新目标英语 2014年新目标英语八年级下册全册教案
2. She is a little thiner than she looks. _________
3. Bob is heavier than any other boys in the class.
_________
4. Your garden is much larger than their. _________
5. It is one of the most interesting book than I have ever read._________
6. He says Mary is most friendliest person in the class. _________
7. Which city is most beautiful, Beijing or Guangzhou? _________
8. Jack works hard. Mike works very harder than Jack. _________
9. London is the bigger city in Britain. _________
10.Bob plays football badly but Fred plays football much badlier than Bob.
【课后反思】
Unit 8 Have you read treasure island yet?
Period One (section A 1a-2d)
【学习目标】
1、 学会用现在完成时表达过去发生的但与现在情况有关的事情。[www.61k.com］
2、 掌握现在完成时结构和了解其含义
3、 学会区分现在完成时与一般过去时的区别。
【字词达标】
词汇达标：already,yet.island,treasure
短语达标：hear of,at least,finish doing,on Page 25,hurry up,put it down,grow up.full of
【重点语法、句型讲解】
1．现在完成时：
1)含义：表示动作过去发生，但与现在有联系或影响，此时态常与以下时间词连用，如already已经,yet已经，还，just刚刚,ever曾经,so far到目前为止,before从前,times次数,for+时间段，since 75
新目标英语 2014年新目标英语八年级下册全册教案
自从…以来,how long多久，never从不，in the past….在过去….
2)．结构：主语+have/has+动词的过去分词（have/has是助动词，没有“有”的意义）
肯定句：She has finished her work.她完成了她的工作。（www.61k.com］
一般疑问句：Has she finished her work?_Yes,she has./No,she,hasn’t.
否定句: She hasn’t finished her work.
3)．动词的过去分词的构成：规则动词的过去式就是过去分词，不规则动词的过去分词见不规则动词表。
4)．现在完成时态与一般过去时的区别：句子中如有yesterday,last,just now,in1999等过去时间词出现就只用一般过去时。
5)．特别提醒：句子中如有when出现，一定不能用完成时
例题：A:Jack has read the book,
B:When did he read it?
A:Last weekend
2.Have you read Little Woman yet?你已读过《小妇人》吗？
Yet（已经，还）的用法：在现在完成时中，already(已经)用于肯定句，yet用于一般疑问句或否定句，
例句：肯定句：I have already eaten lunch.我已经吃过午饭了。 一般疑问句：____ you eaten lunch ____?
否定句： I _____eaten lunch ____.
3.What’s it like?它（这本书）怎么样？What+be+sth like?表示“某物怎样？”
【巩固练习】
一用单词的正确形式填空
1．I_______ ever________(drink)coffee.
2.The boy__________(water)the flowers already
3.She___________(watch)the movie twice
4.-________you _______(visit)the Great Wall before?-Yes,I ______
5.How long_____your father_____(work)in this city?
6.He_________(get)here yesterday,so he___________(stay)here for only one day.
7.-________you ever_______(drive)a car?
- Yes,I______.
- When_______you first_______(drive)a car?
二、英汉互译。
76
新目标英语 2014年新目标英语八年级下册全册教案
1. 至少 __________________________ 8.What do you think of
it?.____________________
2. 快点 __________________________ 9.Have you decided which
book to write about?
3. 在岛上___________________ ____________________
4. 听说____________________ 10.读完这本书
______________________
5. 在第5页上___________________ 11.长大，成长
__________________
6. 把它放下__________________ 12. What’s it
about?_________________
7. 读得快__________ 13.the island full of
measuer______________
【句型巩固】
1．He has already gone to New York.(变一般疑问句并回答)
____he_____to New York____? _No,he______
2．We have learned English for two years(变否定句)
We _____ ______ English for two years
3. We have lived here for two years.(提问) ______ _____have you______here?
4.Tom has ever read the book. (变否定句)
Tom has _______ read the book.
5.Miss Green start to teach us 2 years ago.(同义句)
Miss Green________ _______us for 2 years.
【语法过关】
一．单选题
1、Both his parents look sad . Maybe they ______what's happened
to him .
Ａ. knew Ｂ. have known Ｃ. must know Ｄ.will know
2、He has _______ been to Shanghai , has he ?
Ａ. already Ｂ.never Ｃ.ever Ｄ. still
3、Have you met Mr Li ______？
Ａ. just Ｂ. ago Ｃ.before Ｄ. a moment ago
4、The famous writer _____ one new book in the past two years .
Ａ. is writing Ｂ.was writing Ｃ.wrote Ｄ.has written
5、Zhao Lan ______already ______in this school for two years .
Ａ. was ; studying Ｂ. will ; study
Ｃ. has ; studied Ｄ. are ; studying
77
新目标英语 2014年新目标英语八年级下册全册教案
6、We ______ Xiao Li since she was a little girl .
Ａ. know Ｂ. had known Ｃ. have known Ｄ. knew
7、Harry Potter is a very nice film .I_______ it twice . Ａ. will see Ｂ. have seen Ｃ. saw Ｄ.see
8、—These farmers have been to the United States .
—Really ? When _____ there ?
Ａ. will they go Ｂ. did they go
Ｃ. do they go Ｄ. have they gone
9.—______ you ___ your homework yet ?
—Yes . I _____ it a moment ago .
Ａ. Did ; do ; finished Ｂ. Have ; done ; finished
Ｃ. Have ; done ; have finished Ｄ. will ; do ; finish
Period Tow (section A 3a-3c)
【学习目标】
4、 了解著名小说《鲁滨逊漂流记》，学习主人翁永不放弃的精神
5、 进一步熟悉现在完成时。（www.61k.com）
【字词达标】
单词达标：tool,else,toward,sand,gun,ship,technology,French 短语达标：wait for,give up,who else,see sb doing/do sth,run toward…,name sb…cut down
【难点讲解】
1.I have brought back many things Ican use,我带回了许多我能使用的东西。
2．Who else is on my island?还有谁在我的岛上？
1)else（其他的，别的），修饰复合不定代词或者特殊疑问词，并放其后
例：别的什么________ _________ 其他的人________ _________
别的东西 ________ _________ 没有别的东西
________ _________
2)other（其他的，别的）修饰名词，放在名词的前面。
例：other things, other people
3)What _____do you have?=What ______ things do you have?
3.I named him Friday我给他取名“星期五”
name sb…给某人取名…,同样的表达还有call sb…
例：他叫我小王 He calls me Xiao Wang= He names me Xiao Wang 78
新目标英语 2014年新目标英语八年级下册全册教案
我的父母给我取名Jack（两种表达）
4.I saw some cannibals trying to kill two men from a broken ship.
我看见两个肉食人正企图杀害两个从一艘破船出来的人。［www.61k.com]
see sb doing… 看见某人在做…
see sb do…看见某人做…
例：I often see him_______(help) the old man.
When I came back home,I saw my mother______(cook)。
5．One of them died but the other ran toward my house.其中
的一个死了，另一个向我的屋子跑来。
1）one…the other…一个… 另一个…
例：I have two friends,one is Tom,the other is Jack.
2) run toward…向…跑去.go toward…向…走去
【巩固练习】
翻译
5. 给我的狗取名Jerry（两种表达） _______________________
____________________
6. 看见某人正做某事 __________________________
7. 企图做某事______________________
8. 放弃抽烟（smoke）___________________
9. 别的谁____________________
10. 别的什么东西（两种表达）_________________
_______________
11. 砍掉它____________________
12. 等候…__________________
13. 说法语____________ __
【例题讲解】
1．Have/has gone to...,去了...（还没有回）
Have/has been to...,去过...（已经回）
例：1)-Where is your sister?-She has gone to the library.她
去图书馆了（没有回，还在图书馆）
2)I have been to Beijing many times我去过北京很多次了。
（我已经回了，没在北京了）
2.how long,for+时间段，since...不能与瞬间动词连用。
例：1）I have__B__the book for two days.
A.bought B.had C.finished
解析：由于此题出现for two days,又因为bought，finished
是瞬间动词，所以选择延续性动词had。
79
新目标英语 2014年新目标英语八年级下册全册教案
2）常见的的瞬间动词/短语和延续性动词/短语
1. Nancy has to do some exercise to keep healthy. (改为否定句)
Nancy ____________ ___________ to do _________ exercise to keep healthy.
2. Nancy has had breakfast. (改为否定句)
Nancy ______ _______breakfast.
3. I have a backache.(一般疑问句并回答)
_______ you ________ a backache ? –Yes,I _____.No,I ______.
4. I have been to Shanghai twice. .(一般疑问句并回答)
______ you _______ to Shanghai twice.?- Yes,I _____.No,I _______
5.Tom joined the army four days ago（改同义句）
Tom ______ ________ _______ the army for four days.
6 他们来这里多久了(完成译句)
_______ ________ have they ________ here?.
【语法过关】
一、单项选择。［www.61k.com)
（ ）1.My shoe is here,but where is ____________?
A. the others B. the other
C. another one D. other
( )2.Do you have _______to say?.
A. anything other B. something else C. else 80
新目标英语 2014年新目标英语八年级下册全册教案
anything D. anything else
( )3.How long have you _______here?
A. come B. arrived. C. got D. been
( )4.Hurry up,your mother is waiting____the bus stop_____you.
A.for,at B.at, with C.at,for D.for,at
( )5.He is not at home,he has______Jiefangbei.
A.been to B.go to C.gone to D.been in
( )6,She _____in Chongqing 5 days ago,she has_____ in
Chongqing for 5 days
A.arrived,arrived B.been,arrived C. arrived,been
D.got, been
( )7.His grandpa_______since 2000
A.died B.has been deaded C.has been dead D.has died
二、单句辨错。[www.61k.com） ( )1.He has left his hometown for three years.________
A B C ( )2. Tim has started two hours ago,he has already got to
London now___________
A B C
( )3. Keep trying,don’t give up study English______________
A B C ( )4. They arrived at the island in the end.___________
A B C ( )5.Where have you gone these days?.______________
A B C
三．对话填空：用go to,be to, be in,be 的正确形式填空
Kobe：Have you ___1____ China? It's a beautiful place, and
people there are
welcome.
Iverson：I have ___2___there many times. And I have answered
this quesion from you, don't you remember?
Kobe：Sorry, I foget. Hey，where is James?
Iverson: Oh ,he ___3____his home, he has already ___4____his
home for three hours.
【课后反思】
81
新目标英语 2014年新目标英语八年级下册全册教案
Unit 9 Have you ever been to a
museum?
Section A 教学设计
一、教材分析
本课是新目标英语八年级下册Unit 9 Have you ever been to an amusement park? 第九单元第一课时，本单元主要围绕“有趣的地方”这个话题展开教学，通过本单元教学，帮助学生掌握描述过去经历的功能句式，学习现在完成时的用法，并能区别现在完成时和一般过去时在表述过去经历时的不同。(www.61k.com)同时，要求学生能运用现在完成时来描述某人曾经去过哪些有趣的地方，而本课可呈现了本单元的主要教学内容。
二、教学目标
根据教学大纲的要求和教学内容的特点，本节课特制定以下教学目标：
（1）知识目标
a. 掌握以下单词：amusement park, space museum,
aquarium, zoo, water park, neither, have a great time.
b. 掌握如何表达现在完成时，并能运用Have you ever been
to an amusement park? Has he ever been to an amusement park? 的句式进行提问和应答。
c. 能用英语谈论过去的经历，谈论你曾经去过某地。
（2）能力目标：培养学生用英语思维的能力和初步运用英语交际的能力，使学生能够在相似生活情景中运用所学语言，达到交流的目的。
（3）德育目标：
a. 通过学习如何表达现在完成时，对比中西方文化的不同。
b. 通过询问别人曾经去过哪些有趣的地方，来表达了解、
关心别人，并增进友谊。
三、教学重点
（1）掌握本课的生词、短语和本课所出现的日常交际用语。
（2）掌握有关于“某人曾经去过某地”的交际用语：
Have you ever been to an amusement park? Yes, I have. / No, I haven’t.
Has he ever been to an amusement park? Yes, he has. / No, he hasn’t.
四、教学难点
82
新目标英语 2014年新目标英语八年级下册全册教案
（1）熟练掌握和灵活运用现在完成时来描述某人曾经去过某地。［www.61k.com）
（2）能区别现在完成时和一般过去时在表达过去经历的不同。
五、学情分析
在教学过程中，对学情的了解是教师因材施教的关键。我所教的初二（63）班、初二（64）班学生基础较好，学习目的明确，反应较灵敏，学习英语兴趣较浓，学习较主动、自觉，具有一定的自觉能力。学生在初一阶段已学过用一般过去时来描述过去的经历，但用现在完成时来描述过去的经历还是第一次接触，需要教师的正确引导。
六、教学方法
在进行具体教学时，教学方法不是固定不变的，教学方法具有灵活性、多样性、发展性和补偿性，选择和采用教学方法，不仅要依据学科的知识特点，而且要根据教学任务和学生的年龄特点及学生的实际水平选用。为了更好地突出本课的重点，突破难点，更好地完成教学任务，根据教情和学情，在本节课中我主要采用以下的几种教学方法。
（1）情景教学法
情景是英语教学中非常重要的因素，它直接影响英语教学的效果，而英语教学本身是一个很自然的、真实的言语交际情景。在本课中我采用以下方式创设情景：
①利用多媒体，创设语言、教学等情景，教学本课生词：
space museum, water park, amusement park, aquarium, zoo, Disneyland.
②声像手段：通过录音机、录像机、投录仪的使用，使学生对本课的内容有更生动、直接的理解，能加深印象，培养学生的注意力，以达到事半功倍的效果。
（2）启发式教学法
现代教育理念认为，教学活动的主体是学生，教师是组织者和指导者。开启学生思维的大门，打通学生思维障碍，已成为教学工作的重要内容。在学生的思维结点上给予及时正确的启发引导，更能体现教师的角色功能和服务意识。
（3）交际法
学生学习英语最终目的是为了交际运用。根据学生普遍具有强烈的交往要求和表现的心理，我注意创造条件让学以致用，使学生获得交际中初步运用英语进行会话的能力。
（4）任务型教学法
根据学生的实际需要，以学生为中心，合理组织教学，把各个教学目标融入到教学任务中，不断获取完成任务所需的信息、知识、能 83
新目标英语 2014年新目标英语八年级下册全册教案
力与技能，在活学活用知识的过程中，学生的自信感逐步增强，从而体验到成功的喜悦。［www.61k.com）
七、课时安排
从本单元的教材编写体例来看，可考虑用5个课时完成本单元的教学任务。
Period 1 (Section A: 1a, 1b, 1c, 2b, 2b, 2c)
New function presenting
Period 2 (Section A: 3a, 3b, 4b)
Practice
Period 3 (Section B: 1a, 1b, 2a, 2b, 2c, 3a. 3b. 3c) Period 4 (Self check)
Shelf check
Period 5 (Reading: Section 1 — Section 4)
Reading comprehension
八、教学程序
Step 1 Revision
Play the song “If you are happy, please clap your hands.
（播放一首“幸福拍手歌”，让学生跟着一起唱，老师赶紧因势引导，问全班同学：）
T: Do you know the name of this song?
Ss: Yes, “If I am happy, I’ll clap my hands”.
T:（教师重复并问学生）If you are happy, you’ll clap your hands. Are you happy today?
Ss: Yes.
T: If you are happy, please clap your hands.
Ss: ××, ××, ×× （学生们一起拍手）
T:（问一名学生）If you are happy. What will you do?
S1：If I am happy, I’ll go to the movies.
T:（问另外一名学生）What about you?
S2: I’ll go out for a visit but I don’t have enough money. T:（问另外一名学生）If you have a lot of money. What will you do?
S3: If I am happy, I’ll buy a big house for my parents. T: Good boy. (Ask another student.) What about you?
S4: I’ll give most of the money to the poor.
T: How about you?
Ss: I’ll travel around the world.
84
新目标英语 2014年新目标英语八年级下册全册教案
T: Have you ever been to America?
Ss: No.
T: Now, we’ll learn Unit 9 Have you ever been to an amusement park?
（播放歌曲，营造轻松愉快的学习氛围，并因势引导，采用师生之间的交流方式，自然导入“Have you ever been to an amusement park?”（“你曾经去过某地”这一话题）。(www.61k.com]通过这种亲切自然的问答方式，揭开了本课的序幕，这使陌生的师生之间多了一些了解，增加了些亲和力，拉近了师生之间的情感距离，营造出宽松的学习环境。）
Step 2. ① Show some pictures and teach the following words: (an) amusement park, space museum, aquarium, zoo, water park, Disneyland.
Have you ever been to a/an… ?
（a）space museum （a） water park
（an） amusement park （an） aquarium
（a） zoo （a） Disneyland
（采用多媒体这一教学手段直观易懂，让学生在轻松、愉快的气氛中获得信息，从而达到了教是为了不教的目标。）
② Practise the drills in pairs.
(Divide the class into 2 groups and have a competition.) Have you ever been to Disneyland/Sydney?
Yes,I have.
No, I haven’t
（采用竞赛的教学方法，既调动了学生的学习积极性，又创造“信息沟”刺激学生积极思考、分析判断、快速反应，做到在短时间内自觉掌握并运用新知识去解决目前面临的真实问题。）
Step 3 (1a)
Which of these places would you like to visit? Rank them from 1 to 5.
space museum 太空博物馆 ( ) zoo 动物园
( )
amusement park 娱乐公园 ( ) aquarium 水族馆
( ) water park 水上公园
( )
85
新目标英语 2014年新目标英语八年级下册全册教案
86
新目标英语 2014年新目标英语八年级下册全册教案
B: No, I haven't./ I have never been to a/an ...
A: Me neither. /Neither have I.
2.Ask some pairs to act out the dialogue in front of the
class.
（学生们通过小组中相互交流，用英语表达自己曾经去过某地，
并询问他人的情况，通过合作与交流，培养积极的情感态度，创导把
自己融合在集体的智慧中，一起成长，一起进步。［www.61k.com））
Step6 .Summarization
1.Explain some difficult points .(见板书设计)
2. Ss repeat after the teacher twice.
(通过展示本课的词汇和重点句型，让学生回顾前面所学的内
容并巩固本课的语言知识。)
Step7. Homework :
Ask your classmates wheather（是否）they have been to
these places.You can write a report like this：
Name：Sanya，Dadong Sea, Monkey’s
Island, Space Museum, Zoo…
Report like this:
Lily has been to Sanya.But Lucy hasn’t been to
Sanya.Neither of them has been to Beijing.So they will go
to Beijing this summer vacation.
(目的是让学生巩固本课所学内容，也可练习写的技能。)
Step8. 板书设计
Unit 9 Have you ever been to an amusement park? （Section
A）
重点词组： space museum 太空博物馆 aquarium 水族馆 amusement park 娱乐公园 zoo 动物园
water park 水上公园
重点句型：.
1、Have you ever been to an aquarium?
—Yes, I have.\—No, I haven’t.
2、I have been to America, so has he.
3、I can speak English, so can he.
4、I am a teacher, so is he
语法:
87
新目标英语 2014年新目标英语八年级下册全册教案
The Present Perfect Tense (现在完成时)
I haven’t been to America, neither has he.
构成：has/have+done （V.P.P）
I can’t speak English, neither can he.
I/You/We/They have done…
I don’t like playing football, neither
He/She/It has done … oes he….
4. has/have been to… 去过某地
has/have gone to去了某地
eg: My father has been to America twice.
My father has gone to America
【课后反思】
Unit 10 I have had this bike for three years.
Section A 1a-2d
一、学习目标:继续学习现在完成时的用法。（www.61k.com]
能力目标: 掌握如何表达现在完成时
重点词语: 新单词和短语。
重点句子： How long have you had that bike over there? I
have had it for three years !
难 点：学习现在完成时表示过去某一段时间已经开始一直持续到现在的动
作或者状态。
二、预习导学
1.根据音标学习新单词，并记住中文意思。
2.跟小组长读重点单词短语，并结对抽说中文意思。
3．小组讨论1a和2d.
三、自学检测
用所给 词的适当形式填空：
1．I_______ already ________（see） the film. I ______（see） it
88
新目标英语 2014年新目标英语八年级下册全册教案
last week.
2. “_______ he ________ （finish） his work today?” “Not yet.”
3. My father_______ just______（come） back from wor k.
He is tired now.
4. “Where’s Li Ming?”
“He ________（go） to the teacher’s office.”
5. Shanghai _______（be） a small towm hundreds of years ago.
Now it _______（become） a large city.
6 .I _______（work） here here since I _____（move）
here in 1993.
7. So far I ______ （make） quiet a few friends here.
8. How long ______ the Wang’s __________（ stay） here
四、合作探究，课堂练习
1. —— I can sing the song in English. ——_________.
A. So I can B. So can I C. I can so D. Too can I
2. -- Why don’t you buy one of the scarves for your mum?
--They are not _______.
A. beautiful enough B. enough beautiful C. too beautiful D. beautifully enough
3. The food in the restaurant is good______ the price is too______.
A. and high B. but high C. but expensive D. because low
4. I think a dog is a good pet for ________ child.
A. a 6-year-old B. an 6-year-old C. a 6-year old D. a 6 years-old
5. Everyone should do _____best to win the match.
A. one’s B. the C. his D. their
6. —Where is Bruce? Is he at home?—I think he _____ school.
A .has gone B. has been C. has gone to D. has been to
7.—I have never been to European countries. What about you? —_____.
A. So do I B. So have I C. Neither do I D. Neither have I
8. Yesterday he _____ to work, so he wasn’t late.
A. by taxi B. by a taxi C. take a taxi D. took a taxi
9.—How long have you studied English? —_____.
A. For 5 years B.5 years ago C. Since 5 years D.5 years before
10. Has the train _____ yet?
A. got to B. reached C. arrived D. arrived at
11. The teacher asked _____.
89
新目标英语 2014年新目标英语八年级下册全册教案
A. what’s your name B. what was your name
C. what your name is D. what your name was
12.—Do you mind if I stay here a little longer? —_____.
A. No, you can’t B. Yes, you may C. Certainly not D. Yes, not at all
13. How long has his brother _____ the book?
A. kept B. bought C. lent D. borrowed
14. I’ve never seen such a fine picture _____.
A. ago B. before C. yet D. later
15. —Has the foreigner been to many interesting places in Beijing?
—Yes, but he has not _____ been to many other parts of China.
A. already B. still C. yet D. never
Unit 10 I have had this bike for three years.（第2课时）
Section A 3a-3c导学案
一、学习目标: 学习在文章中运用现在完成时。(www.61k.com]
能力目标：运用for和一段时间的现在完成时。
重点句子： We have decided to each sell five things we no
longer use. For example...
难 点： 运用have+pp.
二、预习导学
1．熟读课文。
3．跟小组长读3a的句子并讨论完成3b.3c，并结对抽说中文意思。
三、自学检测
1. They have ever been to an English-speaking country. (改为一般疑问句)
———— they ever _____to an English-speaking country?
2. We need to have a good rest. (改为否定句)
We _______ ________ to have a good rest.
3. She has been a flight attendant for two years. （划线提问） _____ _____ ______ she _____ a flight attendant?
4. His father has been to America twice. (划线提问)
_____ ______ _______ has his father _______ to America?
5. Linda is taller than any other girl in her class. (改为同义句)
Linda is _______ _______ girl in her class.
四，合作探究， 单项选择
1. —Have you ever been to an aquarium? —No, _____.
90
新目标英语 2014年新目标英语八年级下册全册教案
A. I have B. I am not C. I haven’t D. I hasn’t
2. —I’ve never been to a water park. — _______
A. Me, too B. Me, neither. C. Me also. D. Me both.
3. Has the train _____ yet?
A.got to B.reached C.arrived D.arrived at
4.The teacher asked _____.
A.what’s your name B.what was your name
C.what your name is D.what your name was
5.—Do you mind if I stay here a little longer? —_____.
A.No, you can’t B.Yes, you may C.Certainly not D.Yes, not at all
6.How long has his brother _____ the book?
A.kept B.bought C.lent D.borrowed
7.I’ve never seen such a fine picture _____.
A.ago B.before C.yet D.later
8.—Has the foreigner been to many interesting places in Beijing?—Yes, but he has not _____been to many other parts of China.
A.already B.still C.yet D.never
五、展示
1.个人或小组读。（www.61k.com）
2．总结文中重点短语和句子。
六、学以致用
.完成对话
A: I’m not feeling well. I _____ _____( get) a cold.
B: _____ you _____ (be) to the hospital yet?
A: Yes, I _____ (go) to see Doctor Li this morning and he _____ (give) me some medicine.
B: _____ you _____ ( take) the medicine?
A: Yes, I _____ (take) it just a moment ago.
B: Mr. Li is a good doctor. I think you’ll _____ (be) all right soon. A: I hope so. By the way, where is our teacher? I have to ask for a sick leave.
B: She _____ _____(go) to the office.
Unit 10 I have had this bike for three years.（第3课时）
Section A grammar focus-1d导学案
一、学习目标: 运用现在完成时完成P76.
能力目标：现在完成时的运用尤其是for 和 since。
重点词语: P76和P77的新单词。
91
新目标英语 2014年新目标英语八年级下册全册教案
重点句子：How long have you had that bike? I have had it
for three years.
难 点：现在完成时的运用。［www.61k.com］
二、预习导学
1.根据音标学习新单词，并记住中文意思。
2.组内讨论4a.4b和4c的题。
3.跟小组长读重点单词短语及grammar focus ，并结对抽说中文意思。
三、自学检测.Complete the dialogue.
Jack:Hi, Tom.I _____ _____you for a long time.Where _____ you _____? Tom:I _____ _____ to Xi’an.
Jack:Really?How _____ you _____ there?
Tom:By _____.
Jack:_____ _____did it take you to fly there?
Tom:Less _____ two hours.
Jack:_____ _____did you go there?
Tom:I _____ there _____ a holiday.
Jack:Did you _____ a good time there?
Tom:Yes, I _____ myself very much.
Jack:I’m very _____ _____ hear that.
Tom:_____ a lot.
四、合作探究 1.朗读grammar focus.
2.看地图完成1a.
_________________________________________________________________________
五、展示
1.个人或小组读词语。
2.学生读课本的对话，然后两人练习新对话。最后小组展示。完成3b.
3.小组合作完成Part 4
六、学以致用，用正确的动词形式填空,每空一词 。(不规则动词过去时,过去
分词在题后给出)
1.A: Hello! Have you______(see) my pen? I can’t ________(find) it. B: I’m afraid I haven’t. (see-saw-seen, find-found-found)
2.A: Excuse me. Have you ______(see) my pen? I ______(put) it on the shelf a moment ago. (put-put-put)
B: Oh, yes, I have. I’m sorry I forgot to _______(give) it back to you. (give-gave-given)
92
新目标英语 2014年新目标英语八年级下册全册教案
3.A:Mary, I’ve______(lose) my cap. Have you _____(see) it anywhere? B:Look! It’s over there. I_____(see) you put it there.( lose-lost-lost)
4.A: Have you ________(find) your knife yet?
B: Not yet. (find-found-found)
5.A: John, ____ you _______(return) my pen yet?
B: Not yet. Don’t worry! I ______ _________ (return) it soon.
6.A: Jim, _____ you _______(write) a letter to your aunt?
B: Yes, I ______.
A: When _____ you _______ it? (write)
Unit 10 I have had this bike for three years.（第4课时）
Section B 1a-2c导学案
一、学习目标:
能力目标：提高阅读能力。［www.61k.com]
重点词语:新单词和短语。
重点句子：But he also thinks some things never change, and
his hometown is still the place that holds all
his childhood back.
难 点：现在完成时。
二、预习导学
1.以小组为单位记文中的新单词。
2.归纳总结文中短语和句子。
3讨论完成文中的提问。
三、自学检测
现在完成时态使用的注意事项：
1. 表示过去发生的动作或存在状态，一直持续到现在，也许还将继续下去，可以和for+时间段，since+时间点/从句及how long 连用，谓语动词只可用延续性动词。常见的终止性动词与延续性动词之间的对应关系如下：
come/go/ arrive/reach/get /move to ----be in /at die ----- be dead open ------be open close ---be closed become
-----be fall asleep ------be asleep borrow ----keep
buy----have begin ,start ----- be on put on -----wear leave -----be away from join the army -----be in the army /be a soldier join the Party ---be in the Party / be in the Party
四、合作探究
93
新目标英语 2014年新目标英语八年级下册全册教案
1.There are two books on the desk, but____of them is interesting。［www.61k.com）
A．none B．neither C．both D．all
( )2.—Have you ever _______ to the Summer Palace, Lily?
—No, I __________.
A.gone,hasn’t B.gone,haven’t C.been,haven’t D.been,hasn’t
( ) 3.I have ________ the book for three days.
A．borrowed B．lent C．bought D．kept
( ) 4.Neither her brother nor she _________ a dictionary.
A．has B．have C．get D．need ( )5 Alice is an American a German. She is an Australia.
A. both; and B. either; or C. neither; nor D. not; but
( ) 6. Mike doesn’t know French. And .
A. so do I B. so am I C. neither do I D. neither am I
( )7.--Which sweater do you prefer, the yellow one or the pink one? -- . I like a light blue one.
A. Either B. Both C. Any D. Neither ( )8. We have been to Water City. .
A.Neither have I B.Nor have we C.So have they D.So do they ( )9. John Beijing. He is still there.
A. has been to B. has gone to C. go to D. goes to
( )10. --May I speak to John? --Sorry, he Japan. But he in two days.
A.has been to ;will come back B.has gone to ;will be back
C.has been in ;would come back D.has gone to ; won`t come back ( )11. Neither you nor I a teacher.
A. is B. are C. am D. be ( )12. The Smiths China for three years.
A.have come B.have been to C.have been in D.have come to
( )13.“When his grandpa “ “ Three years ago.”
A. has; died B. is; dead C. did; die D. is; died ( )14. He took an interest English.
A. at B. in C. of D. on ( )15. There is not in today’s newspaper.
A.nothing interesting B.interesting something
C. interesting D.anything interesting
五、展示
1.个人或小组读词语。
2．完成文中的提问。
94
新目标英语 2014年新目标英语八年级下册全册教案
六、学以致用
1.Nice to meet you. I _____ you for a long time.
A. hadn’t seen B. haven’t seen C. didn’t see D.will not see
2.Last night he had a bed to sleep__,but I had only a chair to sit ___.
A.in,on B./,/ C.on,in D.in,to
3.About ________ of the workers in the factory were born in the ________.
A.two-thirds,1970 B.two-thirds,1970s
C.two-third,1970 D.two-third,1970s
4.（2009年孝感）Is William’s lifestyle _________ David’s?
A.the same B.same as C.same to D.the same as
Unit 10 I have had this bike for three years.（第5课时）
Section B 2b-self-check导学案
一、学习目标:
能力目标：1.学习一些新词汇。[www.61k.com]
2.继续学习现在完成时。
3.学写英语读书笔记。
二、预习导学
1．根据音标学习新单词，并记意思。
2．继续读2a完成2b,2c.
3.完成P79-80页，小组合作讨论。
4．和组长一起复习。
三、自学检测
1.look for, go back, across from, in my opinion...
2.comeplete the sentences using for or since.
Eg:I have not been to a museum_____________......p80
3.complete the conversation.
Hey eric, ____________you enjoyed your time in Beijing far?p80
四、合作探究
1.小组讨论并核对导学案中练习的答案。
2.组长带领组员找出课本P79的重要短语、句子。
3.组长带领组员熟读2a课文，并挑选课堂展示人选。
五、展示
1.多组合作展示P79-80的答案。
2.小组合作展示3a的对话。
95 so
新目标英语 2014年新目标英语八年级下册全册教案
六、学以致用
用所给动词的正确时态填空
1. I __________(finish)today’s homework already. What about you?
2. He ____________ just ____________(decide) to join the swimming club.
3. _______you ____________(see) Jack recently? ——No , I haven’ t.
4. How long ____________ you ____________(be) in class today?
5. How many English words ____________ they ____________(learn)?
6. He ___________ ever ___________ (be) to the History Museum several times.
7. — _____________ you ever ___________ (be) to the zoo?
—Yes. I ____ (go) there last summer. I __ (see) many kinds of animals there.
8. —Where is Mr. Wang?
—He _________ (go) to the library. He wants to borrow some library books. 选择题
( ) 1. ----_____ you ever _____ to an aquarium?
----Yes, we had a good time there.
A. Have, gone B. Had, been C. Have, been
( ) 2. I _____ my grandpa last Sunday.
A. have visited B. visited C. was visiting
( ) 3. She _____ Shanghai for a month. A. has come to B. came to C. has been in ( ) 4. Lu Xun _____ more than fifty years ago.
A. died B. has died C. has been dead
( ) 5. Fanny _____ TV at this time last Saturday.
A. has watched B. was watching C. watched
( ) 6. ---- Have you ____ been to our town before? ---- No, it's the first time I ___ here.
A. even, have come B. ever, come C. ever, have come
【课后反思】
96
新目标英语 2014年新目标英语八年级下册全册教案
97
四 : 2014年人教版新目标英语八年级上全册教案
含山县姚庙初级中学
备 课 簿
年 级 八
学 科 英 语
授 课 人 朱冠颖
2014 - 2015 学年度 第 1 学期 - 1 -
八年级上册英语教案 2014年人教版新目标英语八年级上全册教案
Unit 1 Where did you go on vacation?
Period 1
Section A (1a-2d)
一、教学目标：
1. 语言知识和能力目标：
1) 能掌握以下单词：anyone, anywhere, wonderful, quite a few, etc 能掌握以下句型：
① —Where did you go on vacation? —I went to the mountains. ② —Did you go with anyone?
2) 能了解以下语法：
—复合不定代词someone, anyone, something, anything等 的用法。[www.61k.com］ —yourself, myself等反身代词的用法。
3） 一般过去时态的特殊疑问句，一般疑问句及其肯定、否定回答。
2. 情感态度价值观目标：
学会用一般过去时进行信息交流，培养学生的环保意识，热爱大自然。
二、教学重难点
1. 教学重点：
1) 用所学的功能语言交流假期去了什么旅行。
2) 掌握本课时出现的新词汇。
2. 教学难点：
1) 复合不定代词someone, anyone, something, anything等 的用法。
2) yourself, myself等反身代词的用法。
三、教学过程
Ⅰ. Lead-in
1. 看幻灯片来进入本课时的主题，谈论上周末做了些什么事情。 Ⅱ. Presentation
1. Show some pictures on the big screen. Let Ss read the expressions. —Yes, I did./No, I didn’t. - 2 -
八年级上册英语教案 2014年人教版新目标英语八年级上全册教案
2. Focus attention on the picture. Ask: What can you see? Say: Each picture shows
something a person did in the past.
3. Check the answers. Answers: 1. f 2. b 3. g 4. e 5. c 6. a 7. d III. Listening
1. Point to the picture on the screen.
2. Play the recording the first time.
3. Play the recording a second time.
Listen to the recording and write numbers of the names in the right boxes of the picture.
4. Check the answers.
IV．Pair work
1. Point out the sample conversation.
2. Now work with a partner. Make your own conversation about the people in the picture.
3. Ss work in pairs. As they talk, move around the classroom and give any help .
4. Let some pairs act out their conversations.
V. Listening
1. Tell Ss they will hear a conversation about three students’ conversations.
2. Play the recording the first time. Ss listen and fill in the chart.
3. Play the recording a second time for the Ss to check ―Yes, I did.‖ or ―No, I didn’t. ‖
4. Check the answers with the Ss.
VI. Pair work
1. Let two Ss read the conversation between Grace, Kevin and Julie.
2. Let Ss work in pairs and try to role-play the conversation.
3. Ask some pairs to act out their conversations.
VII. Role-play
1. First let Ss read the conversation and match the people and places they went.
2. Let Ss act out the conversations in pairs.
- 3 -
八年级上册英语教案 2014年人教版新目标英语八年级上全册教案
3. Some explanations in 2d.
Homework:
用英语询问你的一位好朋友，她（他）假期去了哪里？看到了什么？并将此对话写在作业上。（www.61k.com]
A: Where did you go…？
B: I went to…
A: Did you see…
B: Yes, I did. / No, I didn’t.
板书设计：
教学反思：
- 4 -
八年级上册英语教案 2014年人教版新目标英语八年级上全册教案
Period 2
Section A (Grammar focus-3c)
一、教学目标：
1. 语言知识和能力目标：
1) 复习所学的重难点句型及句式结构。（www.61k.com］
2）总结学习anyone, someone, everyone, something等不定代词的用法。
3）能练习运用所学的句型及句式结构。
2. 情感态度价值观目标：
学会用一般过去时进行信息交流，培养学生的环保意识，热爱大自然。
二、教学重难点
1. 教学重点：
1) 用所学的功能语言交流假期去了什么旅行。
2) 复习运用本课时出现的新词汇。
2. 教学难点：
1) 复合不定代词someone, anyone, something, anything等 的用法。
2) 阅读填空能力的提高。
三、教学过程
Ⅰ. Warming- up and revision
Ⅱ. Grammar focus.
1. 学生阅读Grammar Focus中的句子，然后做填空练习。
Ⅲ. Try to Find
一、复合不定代词总结：
二、学生们读上面的探究试题，并合作探究完成。
三、看大屏幕，校对答案。
Ⅳ. Practice
Work on 3a:
1. Let Ss look at the conversation in 3a. First let one student read the words in the box.
- 5 -
八年级上册英语教案 2014年人教版新目标英语八年级上全册教案
2. Tell Ss to read the conversation and fill in the blanks.
3. 方法指导：
Work on 3b:
1. Tell Ss to fill in the blanks in the e-mail message with the words in the box.
2. 方法指导：
Ⅴ. Group work
1. Work on 3c: Ask your group questions about their vacation. Then tell the class your results.
2. Fill in the blanks according to the answers.
3. Try to make a report in each group. Then let one student read the report to the class.
Ⅵ. Exercises
1. If time is enough, do some more exercises on big screen.
Homework
1. 背诵Grammar focus 部分。(www.61k.com)
2. 复习复合不定代词及反身代词的用法。
板书设计
教学反思：
- 6 -
八年级上册英语教案 2014年人教版新目标英语八年级上全册教案
Period 3
Section B 1a-2e
一、教学目标：
1. 语言知识和能力目标：
1) 能掌握以下单词：decide, try, paragliding, feel like, bird, etc.
2) 能掌握以下句型：
① Where did…?
② What did…?
2. 情感态度价值观目标：
帮助贫困地区孩子
二、教学重难点
1. 教学重点：
1) 掌握本课时出现的生词及表达方式。[www.61k.com]
2) 进行听力训练，提高综合听说能力。
2. 教学难点
1. 听力训练
2. 阅读2b部分的短文并完成相关要求。
三、教学过程
Ⅰ. Warming- up and revision
Ⅱ. Writing
Work on 1a:
1. Point to the six words. delicious, expensive, exciting, cheap, terrible, boring
2. Read the words and let Ss read after the teacher.
Work on 1b:
Ⅲ. Listening
Work on 1c:
1. T: Now let's work on 1c. 2. Play the recording for the Ss listen.
Work on 1d:
- 7 -
八年级上册英语教案 2014年人教版新目标英语八年级上全册教案
1. Tell Ss this time they have to write down .
2. Then play the recording for the second time.
Ⅳ. Pair work
1. Tell Ss to ask and answer about Lisa’s vacation.
2. Ss work in pairs and ask and answer about Lisa’s vacations.
Ⅴ. Discussion
1. Tell Ss to work in groups. Discuss the questions together.
2. Give Ss some possible answers:
3. Ss discuss the two questions.
VI. Reading
Work on 2b:
Work on 2c:
Work on 2d:
1. Tell Ss they should read the conversation about Jane’s trip to Penang 2. Ss read the conversation about Jane’s trip to Penang
Work on 2e:
Homework
用所给动词的适当形式填空。(www.61k.com］
板书设计：
教学
- 8 -
八年级上册英语教案 2014年人教版新目标英语八年级上全册教案
Period 4
Section B 3a-Self check
一、教学目标：
1. 语言知识和能力目标：
1) 复习询问或谈论假期去某地旅行的经历。［www.61k.com］
2) 能够综合运用动词的一般过去时形式，并能正确填空。
3) 总结回顾动词过去式的规则变化和不规则变化。
2. 情感态度价值观目标：
1) 学生了解我国不同地方的人们上学的方式，
2）通过谈论假期旅行的经历，明白在旅行时应注意保护环境。
二、教学重难点
1. 教学重点：
1) 能综合运用所的重难点词汇来完成相关任务。
2）能运用英语根据相关提示来记自己某次旅行的经历。
2. 教学难点：
能运用英语根据相关提示来记自己某次旅行的经历。
三、教学过程
Ⅰ. Warming- up and revision
Ⅱ. Discussion
Ⅲ. Writing
1. Tell Ss they went to one of these places of interest last summer vacation.
2. Let some Ss read the words in the box.
3. Ss read the diary and try to fill in the blanks with the words in the box.
4. Check the answers.
Ⅳ. Practice
Work on 3b: Let Ss work in pairs to ask and answer the questions. Write their answers on a piece of paper.
Work on 3c:
- 9 -
八年级上册英语教案 2014年人教版新目标英语八年级上全册教案
1. Tell Ss to write a travel diary like Jane’s on Page 5. Use your notes in 3b.
2. 写作指导：
Ⅴ. Self check 1
1. 让学生们看自己的笔记，复习相关复合不定代词的用法。(www.61k.com］
2. Let Ss read the small conversation and choose the correct words in the box to fill in the blanks.
3. Check the answers with the Ss.
4. Explain any problem that Ss can’t understand.
Ⅵ. Self check 2
1. 让学生们看自己的笔记，复习相关动词过去式的规则变化及不规则变化。
2. Ss read the passage and fill in the blanks.
Ⅶ. Group work
1. Tell Ss what they should in this activity.
2. Ss work in groups of four and ask and answer about their vacations in China.
3. Let some pairs act out their conversations in front of the class.
Homework
1. Review Section B.
2. 阅读Self check 2 的短文，并强化记忆所列举动词的一般过去式形式。
3. 总结全单元出现的不规则变化的动词的一般过去式，并努力记住他们。 板书设计：
教学反思：
- 10 -
八年级上册英语教案 2014年人教版新目标英语八年级上全册教案
Unit 2 How often do you do exercise？
Period 1
Section A (1a-2d)
一、教学目标：
1. 语言知识和能力目标：
1) 能掌握以下单词：housework, hardly, ever, hardly ever, once, etc. 能掌握以下句型：
① —What does he do on weekends? —He usually watches TV. ② —How often do you watch TV? —I watch TV every day.
③ —Does he go shopping? —No, he never go shopping.
2) 能了解以下语法：频度副词及一般现在时简单谈论周末活动情况。（www.61k.com］
2. 情感态度价值观目标：
养成健康的饮食习惯，保证充足的睡眠时间，进行合理的运动锻炼
二、教学重难点
1. 教学重点：
1) 对6个频度副词细微差异的理解及使用。
2) 弄清一般现在时在不同人称下动词形式及提问的变化。
2. 教学难点：
1) 第三人称单数谓语动词在此核心句型中的运用。
2) 谈论课余时间的各项活动，以及初步认识和使用频率副词。
三、教学用具
录音机，多媒体，幻灯片，课本
四、教学过程
Ⅰ. Lead in
Talk about your last weekend’s activities.
Ⅱ. Presentation
1. ―What do you usually do on weekends? ‖ I usually …… on weekends.
2. 教师出示动词卡片 watch TV，read books，exercise，swim, play football、go shopping、 go to movies让学生回答。
3. 点击鼠标屏幕上出现频率副词及相关的百分比。
always (100%) usually(80%) often (30-50%)
sometimes (20%) hardly ever(5%) never (0%)
领读频率副词，让学生快速认读。
Ⅲ. Writing
1. Look at the picture. Discuss with your partners. Make a list of the weekend activities.
2. Let some Ss read out their activities. Let other Ss add more activities. Ⅳ. Listening
1. Let a student read the words aloud. Make sure all the Ss know the meaning of the words.
- 11 -
八年级上册英语教案 2014年人教版新目标英语八年级上全册教案
2. Tell Ss to listen and write the letters from the picture above on the line below.
3. Play the tape for the first time. Ss listen and fill in the blanks.
4. Play the tape for the second time for the Ss to check the answers.
Ⅴ. Pair work
1. Act out the conversation with a student.
2. Let Ss talk about the pictures in 1a in pairs.
3. Let some Ss act out their conversations.
Ⅵ. Listening
Work on 2a:
1. Let Ss read the phrases in the chart.
2. Tell Ss that Cheng Tao is taking about how often he does these activities.
3. Play the recording for the second time for the Ss to check the answers. Work on 2b:
1. Tell Ss they will hear the recording again.
2. Ss listen and math the activities with the phrases.
3. Check the answers.
Ⅶ. Pair work
1. Ask one student how often he/she watch TV as a model.
T: Hi, S1. How often do you watch TV?
S1: I watch TV every day.
2. Let one student read the activities in the chart.
3. Ss work with their partners. Then ask some pairs to act out their conversations.
Ⅷ. Role-play
1. Read the conversation by themselves, then match the activity with the right time.
2. Let the Ss read the conversation after you.
3. Ss work with a partner and act out the conversation.
Homework:
Act out the conversation after class.
板书设计：
教学反思：
- 12 -
八年级上册英语教案 2014年人教版新目标英语八年级上全册教案
Period 2
Section A (Grammar Focus-3c)
一、教学目标：
1. 语言知识和能力目标：
1) 复习运用频率词汇及询问活动频率。(www.61k.com］
2) 一般现在时态的熟练运用。
2. 情感态度价值观目标：
通过本单元的学习，养成健康的饮食习惯，保证充足的睡眠时间，进行合理的运动锻炼，以保持健康的体魄。
二、教学重难点
1. 教学重点：
1) —How often do you /does he(she)….? —He usually…
2) 频度副词的用法:
2. 教学难点：
1) 第三人称单数谓语动词在此核心句型中的运用。
2) 能够谈论课余时间的各项活动，以及初步认识和使用频率副词。
三、教学用具
录音机，多媒体，幻灯片，课本
四、教学过程
Ⅰ. Warming- up and revision
1. Ask and answer some oral questions on how often exercise.
2. Check the homework and have a dictation of some new words.
Ⅱ. Grammar Focus.
1. 学生阅读Grammar Focus中的句子，然后做填空练习。
2. 学生们完成填空试题后，可以打开课本检查答案，对错误的句子，单独进行强化记忆。
Ⅲ. Try to Find
Tell Ss try to find the answers.
B: 一般现在时态
他们通常在周未锻炼吗？
___ they often ________ on weekends?
她一周上网二次吗？
_____ she _____ the Internet twice a week?
Ⅳ. Practice
1. Tell Ss to make questions.
2. Then try to ask and answer questions about the questions.
3. Ask some Ss to ask and answer with their partners in front of the class. Ⅴ. Group work
1. Let Ss work in groups of six or eight.
2. Tell Ss discuss what activities they do to improve their English. Then write the activities in the chart.
3. Ask their group mates the questions and fill in the chart.
- 13 -
八年级上册英语教案 2014年人教版新目标英语八年级上全册教案
4. Try to make a report about their partners. Ⅵ. Homework
Do a survey: What does he/she do on weekends?
板书设计：
教学反思：
- 14 -
八年级上册英语教案 2014年人教版新目标英语八年级上全册教案
Period 3
Section B (1a-2e)
一、教学目标：
1. 语言知识和能力目标：
1) 能掌握以下单词：percent，online , etc.
2) 能掌握以下句型：
not …at all The best way to … is …. such as…
2. 情感态度价值观目标：
了解其他学生们的日常生活情况，让学生们知道应如何安排日常生活。[www.61k.com］
二、教学重难点
1. 教学重点：
1) 掌握本课时出现的生词及表达方式。
2) 进行听力训练，提高综合听说能力。
3) 阅读短文，获得相关信息，提高学生们的综合阅读能力。
2. 教学难点
1) 听力训练
2) 阅读2b部分的短文并完成相关要求。
三、教学用具
录音机，多媒体，幻灯片，课本
四、教学过程
Ⅰ. Warming- up and revision
1. Daily greeting.
2. Check the homework. Let some Ss report what he/she does on weekends. Ⅱ. Presentation
1. T: Show some pictures of food or drink on the big screen. Ss read the words then discuss they are healthy or unhealthy.
2. Work on 1a. Read the words with the pictures then match the words with the pictures.
Ⅲ. Find
1. Show a list of words of food and drinks on the big screen. Then list them into ―healthy‖ or ―unhealthy‖
2. Check the answer with the Ss.
3. Ask and answer questions about the pictures on 1a.
Ⅳ. Listening
Work on 1c:
1. Tell Ss that a reporter is interviewing Bill and Tina what their eating habits are. Listen to the recording and find the answer to these two questions: Is Bill healthy? Is Tina healthy? Listen and find the answers to the questions.
3. T: Now let's work on 1d. First, let one student read the sentences and try to know the meaning of the sentences.
4. Play the first time, Ss just listen. Play the tape for the second time for the Ss to listen and find the answers.
- 15 -
八年级上册英语教案 2014年人教版新目标英语八年级上全册教案
5. Check the answers:
Ⅴ. Pair work
1. Work in pairs. Ask and answer questions. SA is the reporter. SB is Tina or Bill. Ask and answer questions. Then change roles.
2. Teacher can walk around the classroom, and give some help to the Ss. Work on 2a:
1. Let Ss discuss the activities with their classmates and rank these activities according to how often you think your classmates do them.
2. Let some Ss tell their answers.
Ⅵ. Reading
1. T: Read the passage quickly and find the answers to the two questions: How many kinds of free time activities are mentioned in the passage? What is the best way to relax?
2. Read the passage carefully and complete the pie chart below.
Ss read the passage and try to fill in the pie chart. Then check the answers together.
Ⅶ. Reading
1. T: Now let’s read through the five questions.
2. Ss read carefully and try to find the answers to the questions.
3. Check the answers with the class.
Ⅷ. Practice
Work on 2d:
1. T: Now let’s make some sentences with the percentages using always, usually or sometimes.
2. Ss read the passage again and try to make some new sentences. Check the answers with each others.
Work on 2e:
1. Let Ss read through the activities in the chart first.
2. Ss work in groups.
Homework
1. 读2b中的短文。(www.61k.com）
2. 根据2e的调查结果写一个报告。
板书设计：
教学反思：
- 16 -
八年级上册英语教案 2014年人教版新目标英语八年级上全册教案
Period 4
Section B (3a-Self Check)
一、教学目标：
1. 语言知识和能力目标：
1) 复习询问或谈论别人饮食。(www.61k.com）
2) 能够运用所给的提示，完成对某人饮食习惯的描写。
3) 总结回顾所有的频率副词，并学会运用所学的频率副词。
2. 情感态度价值观目标：
1) 通过小组活动，培养学生们的合作意识和团队精神。
2）提倡合理安排自己的生活，养成良好的生活习惯。
二、教学重难点
1. 教学重点：
1) 能运所给的提示词来描写个人的饮食起居等方面的习惯。
2) 能运用一些相关资料对他人进行好习惯与坏习惯的调查。
2. 教学难点：
能运所给的提示词来描写个人的饮食起居等方面的习惯。
三、教学用具
录音机，多媒体，幻灯片，课本
四、教学过程
Ⅰ. Warming- up and revision
1. Have a dictation of the new words and expressions.
2. Let some Ss read the passage in 2b.
3. Check the homework.
Ⅱ. Presentation
1. Show some pictures of your daily activities. Tell Ss your good activities and bad activities.
2. Let some Ss tell about how often they do some activities and judge they are good habits and bad habits.
Ⅲ. Practice
1. Look at the information in the chart and complete the report.
2. Ss read the passage then fill in the blanks with the words in the box.
3. Check the answers.
Ⅳ. Writing
Work on 3b:
1. Complete the chart with your own information. Then in the last column, use expressions like always, every day, twice a week and never.
2. Then let some Ss show their chart to the class.
Work on 3c:
1. Let Ss write a report about their good habits and bad habits. Say how often they do things using the report in 3a as an example.
2. Check the compositions and let some Ss read their compositions. Ⅴ. Quiz
- 17 -
八年级上册英语教案 2014年人教版新目标英语八年级上全册教案
1. Tell Ss to take the health quiz. Compare your results with your partner’s. Who’s healthier?
2. Read the quiz and the chart first and make sure all the students know how to take the health quiz.
3. Work in groups and take the quiz in your group. See who is healthier? Ⅵ. Practice
Self Check 1 and 2
1. 让学生相互讨论并在表格中填写出自己及自己的父母亲所做的活动。（www.61k.com］
2. Let some Ss read aloud their chart. Then try to write five sentences using the information above.
3. Make sure they use the correct forms of the verbs.
Self check 3
1. Tell Ss that they should read the conversation and then fill in the blanks with the right forms.
2. Ss read the conversations and try to fill in the blanks.
3. Check the answers:
usually, How often, Hardly, How often, once a; never
4. Let Ss practice the conversation with their partner.
Homework
1. Review Section B.
2. Write a short passage your father or mother’s good habits or bad habits.
板书设计：
教学反思：
- 18 -
八年级上册英语教案 2014年人教版新目标英语八年级上全册教案
Unit 3 I’m more outgoing than my sister.
Period 1
Section A (1a-2d)
一、教学目标：
1. 语言知识和能力目标：
1) 能掌握以下单词：outgoing, better, loudly, quietly, hard-working，etc.
2) 能掌握以下句型：
Tina is taller than Tara.
Sam has longer hair than Tom.
3) 能掌握以下语法：
形容词或副词比较级形式的构成。［www.61k.com］
表示两者进行比较的句式结构。
2. 情感态度价值观目标：
能对人物的外表进行描绘，个性进行比较。
二、教学重难点
1. 教学重点：
1) 形容词或副词比较级形式的构成。
2) 表示两者进行比较的句式结构。
2. 教学难点：
He has shorter hair than Sam.
She also sings more loudly than Tara.
三、教学用具
录音机，多媒体，幻灯片，课本
四、教学过程
Ⅰ. Lead-in
Ask Ss to write down as many adj. about people as possible. Check the adj. Give Ss an example by comparing Old Henry and Santa Claus.
Ⅱ. Presentation
Ask Ss to see the pix about apples and pears to see the differences. Then compare some of their things with each other.
e.g. The apples are bigger than the pears.
Summarize the Comparatives. Group competition.
A + be(V) + 比较级 + than + B.
Ⅲ. Game (I and my desk mate)
Ask Ss to compare with their partners and find out the differences.
e.g. She is heavier than me. I am more outgoing than her.
Ⅳ. Listening
Then listen to the recording. Ask Ss to number the twins.
Check the answers.
Ⅴ. Pair work
- 19 -
八年级上册英语教案 2014年人教版新目标英语八年级上全册教案
Point out the sample conversation in activity 1c.
Say, now work with a partner. Make your own conversation about the twins. Ask several pairs to say one or more of their conversations.
Ⅵ. Listening
1. Work on 2a:
Point out the two columns and read the headings: -er, -ier and more. Then point out the words in the box. Read them.
Say, now listen and write the –er and –ier words in the first column and the words that use more in the second column.
Play the recording and check the answers.
2. Work on 2b.
Point out the picture and the two boxes with the headings Tina is and Tara is. Say, listen to the recording. Write word in the boxes. The words are from the list in activity 2a.
Play the recording and check the answers.
Ⅶ. Pair work
1. Point out the chart in activity 2c. Say, Make your own conversations according to the information. Ask pairs to continue on their own.
2. Ss practice their conversations.
3. Ask some pairs to act out their conversations.
Ⅷ. Role-play
1. Read the conversation first and try to match the people with the right things.
2. Let Ss read the conversations after the teacher.
3. Let Ss practice the conversation.
4. Then let some pairs act out their conversations in front of the class. Homework:
Write six sentences:
Write about the things that are the same and different between you and your best friend.
板书设计：
教学反思：
- 20 -
八年级上册英语教案 2014年人教版新目标英语八年级上全册教案
Period 2
Section A (Grammar focus-3c)
一、教学目标：
1. 语言知识和能力目标：
1) 复习巩固形容词的比较形式及对两者进行对比。[www.61k.com］
2) 进一步总结所学的对两者进行比较的句式结构。
3) 能运用所学的目标语言，进行说与写的活动，完成相关任务。
2. 情感态度价值观目标：
学会与朋友友好相处，培养乐观，积极向上的性格。
二、教学重难点
1. 教学重点：
1) 总结形容词及副词比较级的构成方式。
2) 进一步总结对两者进行比较的句式结构。
2. 教学难点：
1) 总结形容词及副词比较级的构成方式。
2) 能运用所学的目标语言，进行说与写的活动，完成相关任务。
三、教学用具
录音机，多媒体，幻灯片，课本
四、教学过程
Ⅰ. Warming- up and revision
1. Ask some Ss compare he/she with his/her desk mates.
2. Show some pictures on the big screen. Let some Ss compare the things.
3. Show some adjectives or adverbs. Let Ss add -er, -r or -ier to them. Ⅱ. Grammar Focus
1. 学生阅读Grammar Focus中的句子，然后做填空练习。
(1) 汤姆比萨姆更聪明吗？
Is Tom _______ _____ Sam?
(2) 不是。萨姆比汤姆更聪明。
No, he isn’t. Sam is ______ _____ Tom.
(3) 塔拉比蒂娜更外向吗？
Is Tara ____ ________ ______ Tina？
3. 学生们完成填空试题后，可以打开课本检查答案，对错误的句子，单 独进行强化记忆。
Ⅲ. Try to Find
两者进行比较, 表示“一方比另一方更??”的句型：
1. A + be + 形容词比较级 + than + B
2. A + 实义动词 + 副词比较级 + than + B
两者进行比较, 表示“一方与另一方一样??”的句型：
1. A + be + as 形容词原形 + as + B
2. A + 实义动词 + as 副词原形 + as + B
Ⅳ. Practice
- 21 -
八年级上册英语教案 2014年人教版新目标英语八年级上全册教案
Work on 3a:
1. 读下列句子，根据提示词完成一般疑问句，并做回答。[www.61k.com］
2. 看所给的第一例句，让一名学生读例句，确定所有的学生都明白本题的做法。
3. 学生们按老师指导的方法进行阅读，并逐句推敲每空应填什么词，在实际的运用提高自己的阅读能力、分析能力及综合运用能力。
4. 最后，教师与同学们一起校对答案，并对学生们有疑问的地方进行解释。
Work on 3b:
1. Ask Ss to think of himself/herself two years ago. Write about how they are different now.
2. Give an example:
T: S1, Are you taller now?
S1: Yes, I am. I’m taller than I was two years ago.
T: Pay attention to the tense. ―I was two years ago.‖
3. Ss work by themselves. Read the sentences in 3b and write the other four sentences.
4. Check the answers with the class.
Ⅴ. Group work
1. Tell Ss to read the chart first in 3c. Make sure they know the meaning of the words in the chart.
2. Ask one student the question:
T: Who is smarter, your mother or your father？
S1: I think my mother is smarter than my father.
3. Ss read the chart and check √ in the chart.
4. Work in groups. Ask and answer the questions with their partners.
5. Try to make a report.
(最后，可以经学生们评议来推举最有能力的小组）
Ⅵ. Homework
1. Review the grammar focus after class.
2. Write down the same and different between you and a friend.
板书设计：
教学反思：
- 22 -
八年级上册英语教案 2014年人教版新目标英语八年级上全册教案
Period 3
Section B (1a-2e)
一、教学目标：
1. 语言知识和能力目标：
1) 能掌握以下单词：talented, truly, care, care about, serious, mirror, etc.
2) 能掌握以下句型：
① I think a good friend makes me laugh.
② For me, a good friend likes to do the same things as me.
③ And a good friend is talented in music.
3) 阅读短文获得正确的信息的能力。[www.61k.com]
4) 阅读短文并能完成相关任务。
2. 情感态度价值观目标：
了解人与人之间的差异性，了解自己对朋友的看法。
二、教学重难点
1. 教学重点：
1) 掌握本课时出现的生词及表达方式。
2) 进行听力训练，提高综合听说能力。
3) 阅读短文，获得相关信息，提高学生们的综合阅读能力。
2. 教学难点：
1) 听力训练
2) 阅读2b部分的短文并完成相关要求。
三、教学用具
录音机，多媒体，幻灯片，课本
四、教学过程
Ⅰ. Warming- up and revision
1. Daily greeting.
2. Check the homework. Let some Ss report what his/her father and mother are like.
Ⅱ. Presentation
1. Show a maxim to Ss: A friend indeed is a friend in need.
Ask, what kind of things are important in a friend?
Ⅲ. Reading and writing
Work on 1a:
Read each description to the class and ask the Ss to repeat.
What kind of things is important in a friend? Rank the things below 1-6 (1 is most important)
Work on 1b:
1. Well, every one of you has his own idea. Now please talk about what you think a good friend should be like in groups of four.
2. Ss try to write their own sentences.
Ⅳ. Listening
1. T: Now let's work on 1c. Let’s listen to the tape again and fill in the rest of - 23 -
八年级上册英语教案 2014年人教版新目标英语八年级上全册教案
the chart in 1c.
2. Ss listen to the tape and fill in the chart.
3. Check the answers:
Ⅴ. Group work
Work on 1e:
1. Work in groups. Make a conversation using information in the chart.
2. Teacher can walk around the classroom, and give some help to the Ss. Work on 2a:
1. Write the comparative forms of the following adjectives.
2. Ss work in a group. Check each other’s answers.
3. Let some Ss read their sentences.
Ⅵ. Reading
Quickly reading
1. Let some Ss read the passage quickly and underline the differences and circle the similarities. Then let another Ss read aloud these sentences.
2. Check the answers with the Ss.
Careful reading
1. Let Ss read the sentences in 2c. Make sure they know the meaning .
2. Let Ss read the passages again and judge these sentences are True or False.
3. Ss read and find the answers to the questions.
4. Check the answers.
Ⅶ. Writing
1. Ss try to write their sentences.
2. Let some Ss read aloud their sentences to the class.
Ⅷ. Talking
1. Let some Ss translate the sentences into Chinese.
2. Give the Ss an example. Ss think about it and try to tell something.
3. Let some Ss talk about it.
Homework
1. Read the passages after class.
2. Make sentences with the phrase below:
as long as, be different from, bring out, be similar to, etc.
板书设计：
教学反思：
- 24 -
八年级上册英语教案 2014年人教版新目标英语八年级上全册教案
Period 4
Section B (3a-Self check)
一、教学目标：
1. 语言知识和能力目标：
1) 掌握下列词汇：primary, primary school, information
2) 复习如何对两者进行比较。[www.61k.com]
3) 总结回顾形容词或副词的比较级形式。
2. 情感态度价值观目标：
1) 能了解人与人之间的差异性，能做到相互理解相互学习。
2) 能正确看待自己和他人的优缺点，学人之长，补己之短。
二、教学重难点
1. 教学重点：
1) 能运用所学的知识对事物或人物进行对比。
2) 能正确运用形容词或副词的比较级形式。
2. 教学难点：
能根据提示信息，对两个人物或事物进行对比。
复习运用形容词或副词的比较级形式。
三、教学用具
录音机，多媒体，幻灯片，课本
四、教学过程
Ⅰ. Warming- up and revision
1. Have a dictation of the new words and expressions.
2. Let some Ss read their passages to the class.
3. Ask some Ss to compare themselves and their friends.
Ⅱ. Presentation
1. Show some pictures of the students of your class. Describe the Ss.
2. Let some Ss describe the student in the big screen.
Ⅲ. Writing
1. T: Wang Lingling and Liu Lili are best friends. Look at the chart below and compare them.
2. Ss try to write these sentences.
3. Check the answers.
Ⅳ. Writing
Work on 3b:
1. Think of your friends. Make notes about two of your friends.
2. Give some examples: popular, outgoing, serious, hard-working,etc.
3. Check the answers with each other.
Work on 3c:
1. Write two paragraphs describing your friends.
2. Show some Ss’ compositions on the big screen. Correct the mistakes in the composition.
Ⅴ. Practice
- 25 -
八年级上册英语教案 2014年人教版新目标英语八年级上全册教案
1. Ask the questions about the ad.
What do the English Study Center need?
Should the student be outgoing?
2. Let Ss read the ad and answer the questions.
3. Let Ss think about what the student like?
Give Ss some examples:
He/She should be outgoing. He/She should be good with children.
4. Tell Ss to compare two of their classmates. They can use the real names.
5. Ss talk with their partners and compare two of their classmates.
Ⅵ. Self Check
Work on Self Check 1
1. Look at the chart. Let one student read the words in the box first.
2. Tell Ss to put the words in the correct columns in the chart.
3. Ss work by themselves and then check the answers with the Ss.
Work on Self check 2
1. Tell Ss to fill in the blanks using the correct forms of the words in the brackets.
2. Ss work by themselves and fill in the blanks.
3. Check the answers with the Ss.
Work on Self check 2
1. Have a writing test.
2. Ss write the sentences quickly and see who writes best.
3. Encourage some Ss to work harder.
Homework
1. Review Section B.
2. Write about six sentences about their parents. Compare them.
板书设计：
教学反思：
- 26 -
八年级上册英语教案 2014年人教版新目标英语八年级上全册教案
Unit 4 What’s the best movie theater? Period 1
Section A (1a-2d)
一、教学目标：
1. 语言知识和能力目标：
1) 能掌握以下单词：theater, comfortable, seat, screen, close, ticket,etc. 能掌握以下句型：
① It has the biggest screens.
② It’s the most popular.
2) 能了解以下语法：
掌握形容词及副词的最高级形式；用最高级形式来描述人或物的特殊。[www.61k.com]
2. 情感态度价值观目标：
了解我们周围中有那些最出色的人或物。
二、教学重难点
1. 教学重点：
1) 形容词及副词最高级形式的构成。
2) 用形容词或副词的最高级形式来描述人或事物。
2. 教学难点：
用形容词或副词的最高级形式来描述人或事物。
三、教学过程
Ⅰ. Lead-in
向学生们介绍一座大家都很熟悉的电影院，谈论自己对这座建筑物的感受。 Ⅱ. Presentation
Learn the new words.
Ⅲ. Discussion
1. How do you choose which movie theater to go to?
2. Ss discuss with their partners and write the words in the box in the chart. Ⅳ. Listening
1. T: Tell Ss to read the sentences in the chart.
- 27 -
八年级上册英语教案 2014年人教版新目标英语八年级上全册教案
2. Play the recording for the Ss to listen and match the statement with the right movie theaters.
3. Play the recording again. Check the answers with the Ss.
Ⅴ. Pair work
1. Let Ss read the model with a partner.
2. Use the information in the chart of 1b. Ask and answer with a partner.
3. Let some pairs ask and answer about the chart.
Ⅵ. Listening
Work on 2a and 2b.
Ⅶ. Pair work
1. Role-play the conversation.
2. Ss act the conversation in pairs. Ask some pairs to act out their conversations. Ⅷ. Role-play
Homework:
写六个句子来说一下你们班的―最……‖。(www.61k.com）
板书设计：
教学反思：
- 28 -
八年级上册英语教案 2014年人教版新目标英语八年级上全册教案
Period 2
Section A (Grammar focus-3c)
一、教学目标：
1. 语言知识和能力目标：
1) 学习掌握下列词汇：worse, service, pretty, menu, act
2）进行一步复习巩固学习Section A 部分所学的生词和词组。[www.61k.com）
3）对形容词及副词的最高级形式的构成进行总结，掌握其构成规则。
4) 总结用形容词及形容词的最高级形式来描述人物或事物的句型结构。
2. 情感态度价值观目标：
了解我们周围中有那些最出色的人或物，知道生活中有很多值得我们去学习的人。周围环境中有很多值得我们去珍惜的事物。
二、教学重难点
1. 教学重点：
1) 复习巩固Section A 部分所学的生词和词组，达到熟练运用的目标。
2) 掌握和运用形容词和副词的最高级形式来描述人物或事物。
2. 教学难点：
1) 掌握一些特殊形容词或副词的最高级形式。
2) 运用形容词和副词的最高级形式来描述人物或事物。
三、教学过程
Ⅰ. Lead-in
Answer some questions.
Ⅱ. Grammar Focus
1. 学生阅读Grammar Focus中的句子，然后做练习：
2. 学生们根据记忆，看大屏幕来完成填空练习。
Ⅲ. Try to Find
一、形容词和副词的最高级形式的构成：
1. 学生们观察例词，发现他们的规则，与同学们讨论，并记下来。
2. 最后，由各小组长来说一说他们小组所做的总结。
二、用最高级来描述人物或事物的句型小结：
- 29 -
八年级上册英语教案 2014年人教版新目标英语八年级上全册教案
1. A + be + the 形容词最高级 + 表示范围的介词词组
2. A + 动词+ (the) 副词最高级 +（表示范围的介词词组）
Ⅳ. Practice
Work on 3a:
1. Tell Ss to read the sentences in 3a and try to fill in the blanks with correct forms of the words in brackets.
2. 方法指导：
Work on 3b:
1. 让学生们阅读表格中词语，并记忆这些词语的形式。［www.61k.com）
2. 让学生们思考一下他们居住地周围的一些商店的情况，并填写在表格中。 Ⅴ. Group work
1. 让一名学生读表格中的内容。并告诉学生们本学习活动的要求。
2. 学生们与自己的小组成员一起来讨论自己居住地周围的饭店的情况。 Ⅵ. Exercises
If time is enough, do some more exercises on big screen.
Homework
谈论一下自己班级的―班级之最‖ Who’s the tallest? (the ...)
板书设计
教学反思：
- 30 -
八年级上册英语教案 2014年人教版新目标英语八年级上全册教案
Period 3
Section B 1a-2e
一、教学目标：
1. 语言知识和能力目标：
1) 能掌握以下单词：creative, performer, talent，etc.
2) 能掌握以下句型：
① Who was the best performer？
② All these shoes have one thing in common.
2. 情感态度价值观目标：
了解一些选秀节目的实质及目的，正确对待生活中的一些歌星。[www.61k.com]
二、教学重难点
1. 教学重点：
1) 掌握本课时出现的生词及表达方式。
2) 进行听力训练，提高综合听说能力。
3）阅读短文，获得相关信息，提高学生们的综合阅读能力。
2. 教学难点
1). 听力训练
2). 阅读2b部分的短文并完成相关要求。
三、教学过程
Ⅰ. Warming- up and revision
Ⅱ. Presentation
1. T: Show some movie theater or restaurant in the neighborhood .
2. Talk about the clothes stores or food stores in your neighborhood. Ⅲ. Game
Ⅳ. Listening
Work on 1c:
Work on 1d:
1. Ss listen to the recording carefully and try to fill in the blanks.
2. Play the recording again and check the answers with the class. - 31 -
八年级上册英语教案 2014年人教版新目标英语八年级上全册教案
Ⅴ. Group work
1. Work in groups.
2. Make a model for the Ss.
Ⅵ. Reading
1. Let Ss read the passage quickly .
2 Ss read the passage quickly and find the answers to the questions.
Ⅶ. Reading
1. T: Now let’s work on 2c.
2. Ss read carefully and try to find the answers to the questions.
Ⅷ. Reading
1. T: Read the passage again.
2. Ss find the superlatives in the passage.Try to write their sentences.
Homework
1. 课后阅读短文，试着复述课文，总结课文出现的重难点词组及表达方式。[www.61k.com)
2. 完成2e中的调查，并写出一个调查报告。
板书设计：
教学反思：
- 32 -
八年级上册英语教案 2014年人教版新目标英语八年级上全册教案
Period 4
Section B 3a-Self check
一、教学目标：
1. 语言知识和能力目标：
1) 复习形容词及副词的比较的构成规则。[www.61k.com]掌握生词crowded。
2) 能够综合运用所掌握的知识来描述周围的地点及事物的特点。
3) 通过描述周围的地点及事物来综合运用所学的形容词及副词的比较的用法。
2. 情感态度价值观目标：
让学生认识到每个人都有自身的特长、优点和特点。
二、教学重难点
1. 教学重点：
1) 能运用所学的形容词或副词的最高级的用法，根据提示来完成选词填空的任务。
2）能运用所学的形容词或副词的最高级的用法来描写自己周围的一些地点和事物等。
2. 教学难点：
能运用所学的形容词或副词的最高级的用法来描写自己周围的一些地点和事物等。
三、教学过程
Ⅰ. Warming- up and revision
Ⅱ. Lead-in
1. Let Ss talk about ―What’s your favorite place to go on weekends? Why is it?‖ Ⅲ. Reading
1. Read the article about Greenwood Park.
2. 写作指导：
3. Ss try to read the article and try to fill in the blanks.
4. Check the answers with the Ss.
Ⅳ. Writing
- 33 -
八年级上册英语教案 2014年人教版新目标英语八年级上全册教案
Work on 3b:
Work on 3c:
Ⅴ. Discussion
1. Discuss the towns/cities in China with a partner.
2. Give Ss some examples:
Ⅵ. Self check
Work on Self check 1:
Work on Self check 2
Homework
1. Review Section B.
2. Imagine you are going to a talent show of famous people. Write an article about the talent show.
板书设计：
教学反思：
- 34 -
八年级上册英语教案 2014年人教版新目标英语八年级上全册教案
Unit 5 Do you want to watch a game show?
Period 1
Section A (1a-2d)
一、教学目标：
1. 语言知识和能力目标：
1) 能掌握以下单词：sitcom, news, soap, educational, plan, etc.
能掌握以下句型：
① What do you want to watch?
② What do you think of talk shows?
③ I can’t stand them.
2) 能了解以下语法：
动词不定式结构做动词的宾语；后面接动词不定式做宾语的动词。（www.61k.com）
3）学会陈述自己的看法；学会谈论自己的喜好。
2. 情感态度价值观目标：
学会谈论流行文化，了解各类电视和电视节目的名称和自己的喜欢。
二、教学重难点
1. 教学重点：
1) 学习掌握各类电视和电视节目的名称。
2) 掌握动词不定式结构做动词的宾语；了解后面接动词不定式做宾语的动词。
2. 教学难点：
掌握动词不定式结构做动词的宾语；了解后面接动词不定式做宾语的动词。
三、教学过程
Ⅰ. Lead-in
学生们根据图片提示学习各类电视节目并且练习运用What do you think of…?
Ⅱ. New words
Learn the names of the TV shows.
- 35 -
八年级上册英语教案 2014年人教版新目标英语八年级上全册教案
Ⅲ. Game
Ⅳ. Listening
1. T: Tell Ss to read the shows in the box.
2. Play the recording for the Ss to listen and number the shows1-4.
3. Play the recording again. Check the answers with the Ss. Ⅴ. Pair work
1. Let Ss look at the pictures in the box.
2. Let Ss read the conversation after the teacher.
3. Let some pairs ask and answer about the shows.
Ⅵ. Listening
Work on 2a:
Work on 2b:
Ⅶ. Pair work
Ⅷ. Role-play
IX. Homework
板书设计：
教学反思：
- 36 -
八年级上册英语教案 2014年人教版新目标英语八年级上全册教案
Period 2
Section A (Grammar Focus-3c)
一、教学目标：
1. 语言知识和能力目标：
1) 学习掌握下列词汇：joke, comedy
2）进行一步复习巩固运用Section A 部分所学的生词和词组。ww[www.61k.com)w.ni[www.61k.com）ubb.n[www.61k.com]et
3）进一步学习运用所学的知识来陈述自己的看法；学会谈论自己的喜好。
4) 掌握动词不定式结构做动词的宾语这一语法知识；掌握后面接动词不定式做宾语的动词。
2. 情感态度价值观目标：
学会谈论流行文化，了解各类电视和电视节目的名称和自己的喜欢。 注意引导学生们形成正确的文化观念，大力培养学生们的跨文化意义，形成自己独立的个性。
二、教学重难点
1. 教学重点：
1) 进一步学习运用所学的知识来陈述自己的看法；学会谈论自己的喜好。
2) 掌握动词不定式结构做动词的宾语这一语法知识；掌握后面接动词不定式做宾语的动词。
2. 教学难点：
掌握动词不定式结构做动词的宾语这一语法知识；掌握后面接动词不定式做宾语的动词。
三、教学过程
Ⅰ. Revision
Ⅱ. Grammar
动词不定式做宾语的用法：
动词不定式的形式：to +动词原形
Ⅲ. 及时练
用所给单词的适当形式填空
- 37 -
八年级上册英语教案 2014年人教版新目标英语八年级上全册教案
Ⅳ. New words
joke comedy
Ⅴ. Practice
Work on 3a:
Work on 3b:
Word on 3c:
VII. Exercises
VIII. Writing task
写一个报告，陈述一下你的爸爸、妈妈及祖父母亲分别喜欢看什么类型 节目，并简要说明原因。（www.61k.com)
My mother likes sitcom. She thinks they’re interesting. …
板书设计
教学反思：
- 38 -
八年级上册英语教案 2014年人教版新目标英语八年级上全册教案
Period 3
Section B 1a-2e
一、教学目标：
1. 语言知识和能力目标：
1) 能掌握以下单词：meaningless, action, action movie, cartoon,etc.
2) 能掌握以下句型：
① I like to watch action movies because they’re exciting.
② John wants to watch talk shows because they’re enjoyable.
2. 情感态度价值观目标：
了解他人对不同的电影或电视剧的看法，明白不同的人有不同的喜好，从而明确人们喜好的差异性；了解世界其他国家的文化，形成跨文化的意思。(www.61k.com)
二、教学重难点
1. 教学重点：
1) 掌握本课时出现的生词及表达方式。
2) 进行听力训练，提高综合听说能力。
3）阅读短文，获得相关信息，提高学生们的综合阅读能力。
2. 教学难点
1. 听力训练
2. 阅读2b部分的短文并完成相关要求。
三、教学过程
Ⅰ. Revision
看图画让学生们根据图片提示来完成句子，注意动词不定式的用法。 Ⅱ. Lead-in
T: Show some movies or shows on the big screen.
Let Ss discuss about them. Ask and answer what they think of them.
Ⅲ. New words
Present some new words on the big screen.
Ⅳ.Work on 1a
1. Work with your partners. Ask and answer about the movies or shows. - 39 -
八年级上册英语教案 2014年人教版新目标英语八年级上全册教案
2. Let Ss talk about the movies or shows with the words in 1a.
3. Let some pairs ask and answer in front of the class.
Ⅴ. Listening
Work on 1b:
Work on 1c:
1. Ss listen to the recording carefully and try to fill in the blanks.
2. Play the recording again and check the answers with the class.
Ⅵ. Discussion
Ⅶ. Reading
1. Introduce something about Disney.
2. New words.
3. Work on 2b.
Check the answers with the Ss.
4. Work on 2c.
First, let’s read the questions in the chart.
5. Work on 2d
VIII. Explanation
IX. Homework
1. Finish 2e on P38.
2. Remember the words and phrases in the lesson.
板书设计：
教学反思：
- 40 -
八年级上册英语教案 2014年人教版新目标英语八年级上全册教案
Period 4
Section B (3a-Self Check)
一、教学目标：
1. 语言知识和能力目标：
1) 掌握下列生词: dress up; take sb.’s place, army, do a good job
2) 复习to不定式做宾语的用法。[www.61k.com]掌握后面跟不定式结构做宾语的动词。
3) 能够综合运用所掌握的知识来描述自己所喜欢的一些动画片或影视剧。
2. 情感态度价值观目标：
1) 了解自己的爱好，尊重别人的爱好。
2) 了解一些影视片的内容, 丰富自己的文化知识。
二、教学重难点
1. 教学重点：
1) 能运用所学的知识及提示来阅读相关影视片的简介，并能完成相关任务。
2）能运用所学的知识与句型表达方式来简介一下自己所看过的影视片。
2. 教学难点：
能运用所学的知识与句型表达方式来简介一下自己所看过的影视片。
三、教学过程
Ⅰ. Revision
Ⅱ. Lead-in
Ask some questions about Mulan. Let the Ss think and answer the questions. Ⅲ. New words
Ⅳ. Reading
1. Read the article about Mulan.
2. Ss try to read the article and try to fill in the blanks.
3. Check the answers with the Ss.
Ⅴ.Writing
Work on 3b:
1. Think about your favorite movies.
- 41 -
八年级上册英语教案 2014年人教版新目标英语八年级上全册教案
2. Give some examples to the Ss.
3. Ss try to think about their favorite movies. Write notes for their own movie review.
4. Try to fill in the blanks.
Work on 3c:
1. Write about your movie review using the notes in 3b.
2. Let some Ss read their passage to the class.
Ⅵ. Discussion
Read the kinds of shows or movies in the chart in 4. Ask and answer about them with a partner. Write the answers in the chart.
VII. Self check
Work on Self check 1:
Fill in the blanks with the superlative forms of the words in the box.
Work on Self check 2 .
VIII. Homework
Write your movie review using the notes in 3b.
板书设计：
教学反思：
- 42 -
八年级上册英语教案 2014年人教版新目标英语八年级上全册教案
Unit 6 I’m going to study computer science. Period 1
Section A (1a-2d)
一、教学目标：
1. 语言知识和能力目标：
1) 能掌握以下单词：grow up, computer programmer, cook, etc.
2) 能了解以下语法：
掌握一般将来时态的构成形式；
3) 用一般将来时态表达将要做的事情。（www.61k.com)
2. 情感态度价值观目标：
每个人都有自己的梦想和对未来的打算。
二、教学重难点
1. 教学重点：
1) 学习一般将来时态的构成方式。
2) 学习本课时出现的重点句型,熟练运用一般将来时态。
2. 教学难点：
用一般将来时态表达自己未来的打算。
三、教学过程
Ⅰ. Lead-in
Ⅱ. Presentation
1. 播放幻灯片，展示一些职业的图片，来引导学生们学习一些新的职业名词：
2. 让学生们看大屏幕来学习记忆这些生词。
Ⅲ. Game
Ⅳ. Listening
1. T: Tell Ss to read the words of jobs in the chart.
2. Play the recording for the Ss to listen and fill in the blanks.
Ⅴ. Pair work
Let Ss read the model with a partner.
Ⅵ. Listening
- 43 -
八年级上册英语教案 2014年人教版新目标英语八年级上全册教案
Work on 2a:
1. Let Ss look at the pictures below.
2. Play the recording for the Ss to listen .
Work on 2b:
Let Ss read the chart below.
Ⅶ. Pair work
1. Tell Ss to ask and answer about Cheng Han’s plans using the information in 2b.
2. Give a model to the Ss.
Ⅷ. Role-play
根据图片提示或自己的实际想法编写一个对话。［www.61k.com）
--What are you going to be when you grow up?
--I’m going to be a/an…
--How are you going to do that?
--I’m going to…
板书设计：
教学反思：
- 44 -
八年级上册英语教案 2014年人教版新目标英语八年级上全册教案
Period 2
Section A (Grammar focus-3c)
一、教学目标：
1. 语言知识和能力目标：
1) 学习掌握下列词汇：college, education, medicine, etc.
2）进行下一步复习巩固学习Section A 部分所学的生词和词组。［www.61k.com)
3）总结一般将来时态的句子结构，并掌握其在不同句式中的句子结构。
4) 能够熟练运用一般将来时态的句子来表达自己未来的打算和做法等情况。
2. 情感态度价值观目标：
每个人都有自己的梦想和对未来的打算，对于将来想要从事的职业也充满了憧憬。
二、教学重难点
1. 教学重点：
1) 复习巩固Section A 部分所学的生词和词组，达到熟练运用的目标。
2) 能够熟练运用一般将来时态的句子来表达自己未来的打算和做法等情况。
2. 教学难点：
1) 掌握一般将来时态的句子结构，并掌握其在不同句式中的句子结构。
2) 能够熟练运用一般将来时态的句子来表达自己未来的打算和做法等情况。
三、教学过程
Ⅰ. Warming- up and revision
Ⅱ. Grammar Focus.
学生阅读Grammar Focus中的句子，然后做填空练习。
Ⅲ. Try to Find
一、一般将来时态：
1. 表示即将发生的事或最近 ____________ 的动作。
Ⅳ. Practice
- 45 -
八年级上册英语教案 2014年人教版新目标英语八年级上全册教案
Work on 3a:
Tell Ss to read the sentences in 3a and match what these people want to do with what they are going to do.
Work on 3b:
Ⅴ. Group work
Ⅵ. Exercises
If time is enough, do some more exercises on big screen.
Homework
复习Grammar focus 中的内容。［www.61k.com)
板书设计
教学反思：
- 46 -
八年级上册英语教案 2014年人教版新目标英语八年级上全册教案
Period 3
Section B 1a-2e
一、教学目标：
1. 语言知识和能力目标：
1) 能掌握以下单词：resolution, team, foreign, able, be able to, etc.
2) 能掌握以下句式结构：
① ─What are you going to do next year?
─I’m going to take guitar lessons.
② Many resolutions have to do with self-improvement.
2. 情感态度价值观目标：
通过学习这单元的内容来激发学生们的学习主动性和学习兴趣。［www.61k.com）
二、教学重难点
1. 教学重点：
1) 掌握本课时出现的生词及表达方式。
2) 进行听力训练，提高综合听说能力。
3） 阅读短文，获得相关信息，提高学生们的综合阅读能力。
2. 教学难点
1. 听力训练
2. 阅读2b部分的短文并完成相关要求。
三、教学过程
Ⅰ. Warming- up and revision
Ⅱ. Presentation
Present some other New Year’s Resolutions on the big screen.
Let Ss try remember these resolutions and think of other resolutions. Ⅲ. Talking
1. Tell your partners your New Year’s Resolutions.
2. Let Ss say as many resolutions as they can.
Ⅳ. Listening
Work on 1c:
- 47 -
八年级上册英语教案 2014年人教版新目标英语八年级上全册教案
Work on 1d:
1. Ss listen to the recording carefully and try to fill in the blanks.
2. Play the recording again and check the answers with the class.
Ⅴ. Group work
1. Work in groups.
Ⅵ. Reading
1. T: This passage is about resolutions. Now read the passage quickly.
2. Let Ss read the sentences in the box first. Let some Ss say the meanings. Ⅶ. Reading
1. T: Now let’s work on 2c.
2. Ss read carefully and try to find the answers to the questions.
3. Check the answers with the class.
Homework
1. 课后阅读短文，试着复述课文，总结课文出现的重难点词组及表达方式。（www.61k.com]
2. 完成2e的任务；用这些词组来造句。
板书设计：
教学反思：
- 48 -
八年级上册英语教案 2014年人教版新目标英语八年级上全册教案
Period 4
Section B 3a-Self check
一、教学目标：
1. 语言知识和能力目标：
1) 复习一般将来时态的构成。［www.61k.com]掌握生词own, personal, relationship
2) 能够综合运用一般将来时态及所给的提示词来完成阅读填空的任务。
3) 能够综合运用所学的知识来学习写作自己的新年决心。
4）通过完成Self check的中练习题来全面复习一般将来时态的用法。
2. 情感态度价值观目标：
通过学习这单元的内容来激发学生们的学习主动性和学习兴趣，使他们更加有理想，并为实现自己的理想而不断努力。
二、教学重难点
1. 教学重点：
1) 能够综合运用一般将来时态及所给的提示词来完成阅读填空的任务。
2）能够综合运用所学的知识来学习写作自己的新年决心。
2. 教学难点：
能够综合运用所学的知识来学习写作自己的新年决心。
三、教学过程
Ⅰ. Warming- up and revision
Ⅱ. Lead-in
Ask Ss about their New Year’s Resolutions:
…
Ⅲ. Reading
1. Tell Ss to work on 3b. Complete the first two paragraphs about resolutions with the words in the box.
2. Ss try to read the article and try to fill in the blanks.
3. Check the answers with the Ss.
Ⅳ. Writing
Work on 3b:
- 49 -
八年级上册英语教案 2014年人教版新目标英语八年级上全册教案
1. Read the headings below.
2. Write your own resolutions under the following heading.
Work on 3c:
Ⅴ. Discussing
Discuss the environment in your city.
Ⅵ. Self check
Work on Self check 1:
1. Match the jobs with the school subjects.
2. Check the answers.
Work on Self check 2
Homework
1. Review Section B.
板书设计：
教学反思： - 50 -
八年级上册英语教案 2014年人教版新目标英语八年级上全册教案
Unit 7 Will people have robots?
Period 1
Section A (1a-2d)
一、教学目标：
1. 语言知识和能力目标：
1) 能掌握以下单词： paper, pollution, prediction, future, pollute，etc.
2) 能掌握以下句型：
① What will the future be like?
Cities will be more polluted. And there will be fewer trees.
② Will people use money in 100 years.
3) 能了解以下语法：
will + 动词原形 来表达一般将来时态。（www.61k.com］
4） 学会表达自己对未来的看法；学会谈论自己未来的打算。
2. 情感态度价值观目标：
通过引导学生展望未来，及对未来生活的设计。
二、教学重难点
1. 教学重点：
1) 学习掌握一般将来时态的意义和结构。
2) 掌握There be句型的一般将来时态的结构。
2. 教学难点：
掌握more/fewer；more/less的用法。
情态动词will + 动词原形来表达一般将来时态。
三、教学过程
Ⅰ. Lead-in
Ⅱ. Presentation
1. 引导学生们看大屏幕上的图片，根据图示来理解will来表达一般将来时。
2. 让学生们看大屏幕上图片，并让学生学习will + 动词原形及won’t + 动词原形的用法。通过例句让学生们理解。
Ⅲ. Game
- 51 -
八年级上册英语教案 2014年人教版新目标英语八年级上全册教案
Ⅳ. Listening
1. Play the recording for the Ss to listen and circle the predictions.
2. Play the recording again. Check the answers with the Ss.
Ⅴ. Pair work
1. Let Ss read the first conversation in 1c after the teacher.
2. Then let Ss ask and answer questions about the predictions in 1a.
3. Let some pairs ask and answer about their conversations.
Ⅵ. Listening
Work on 2a:
1. Play the recording for the Ss to listen and circle the words.
2. Play the recording again to check the answers.
Work on 2b:
Ⅶ. Pair work
1. Tell Ss ask and answer questions about the predictions in 2a and 2b.
2. Ask some pairs to act their conversations.
Ⅷ. Role-play
Homework:
Recite the conversation in 2d after school
板书设计：
教学反思：
- 52 -
八年级上册英语教案 2014年人教版新目标英语八年级上全册教案
Period 2
Section A (Grammar Focus-3c)
一、教学目标：
1. 语言知识和能力目标：
1) 学习掌握下列词汇：peace, sea, sky
2) 进行一步复习巩固运用Section A 部分所学的生词和词组。[www.61k.com］
3) 进一步学习运用所学的知识来陈述自己对将来的看法。
2. 情感态度价值观目标：
通过对前景的设想，让学生在潜移默化中反省自己的现状。
二、教学重难点
1. 教学重点：
1) 进一步学习运用所学的知识来陈述自己对将来的看法；学会谈论自己的对将来的预言。
2) 掌握情态动词will来表达一般将来时态这一语法知识；并运用所学的知识来表达将来的活动。
2. 教学难点：
掌握情态动词will来表达一般将来时态这一语法知识；
三、教学过程
Ⅰ. Warming- up and revision
Ⅱ. Grammar Focus.
Ⅲ. Try to Find
一般将来时态
肯定式：主语+ will + 动词原形
否定式：主语 + won’t + 动词原形
一般疑问句式：
肯定回答：Yes , 主语 + will.
否定回答： No, 主语 + won’t.
- 53 -
八年级上册英语教案 2014年人教版新目标英语八年级上全册教案
Ⅳ. Practice
Work on 3a:
1. Tell Ss to read the conversation in 3a and try to fill in the blanks.
2. 方法指导：
Work on 3b:
Ⅴ. Group work
小组中的同学们对未来的城市进行讨论。(www.61k.com]
Ⅵ. Exercises
If time is enough, do some more exercises on big screen.
Homework
50年后，你的生活将会怎么样？并写六个句子来描述一下。 In fifty years, …
板书设计
教学反思：
- 54 -
八年级上册英语教案 2014年人教版新目标英语八年级上全册教案
Period 3
Section B 1a-2e
一、教学目标：
1. 语言知识和能力目标：
1) 能掌握以下单词：apartment, rocket, space, space station, even, etc.
2) 能掌握以下句型：
① —Where do you live？ —I live in an apartment.
② There are already robots working in factories.
3) 能综合运用will表达一般将来时态。(www.61k.com）
2. 情感态度价值观目标：
通过引导学生展望未来，及对未来生活的设计，来达到前景教育的目的。
二、教学重难点
1. 教学重点：
1) 掌握本课时出现的生词及表达方式。
2) 进行听力训练，提高综合听说能力。
3） 阅读短文，获得相关信息，提高学生们的综合阅读能力。
2. 教学难点
1. 听力训练
2. 阅读2b部分的短文并完成相关要求。
三、教学过程
Ⅰ. Warming- up and revision
1. Daily greeting.
2. 复习情态动词will 构成的一般将来时态的构成。
Ⅱ. Lead -in
Explain some main words to the Ss . Give some examples on the big screen. Ⅲ. Discussion
1. Work with your partners. Think of other words and write them in the chart in 1a.
2. Let Ss discuss the words and write them in the chart.
Ⅳ. Listening
- 55 -
八年级上册英语教案 2014年人教版新目标英语八年级上全册教案
Work on 1c:
Work on 1d:
Ⅴ. Discussion
1. Work in groups.
2. Ask some Ss describe the robots they know.
Ⅵ. Reading
1. T: Are you interested in robots? Do you want to have a robot?
2. Let Ss read the passage quickly and complete sentences .
Ⅶ. Reading
1. T: Now let’s work on 2c.
2. 方法指导：
Ⅷ. Reading
1. T: Read the passage again.
2. 方法指导：
Homework
1. 课后阅读短文，试着复述课文，总结课文出现的重难点词组及表达方式。［www.61k.com）
2. 完成2e中的任务，并将句子写在作业本。
板书设计：
教学反思：
- 56 -
八年级上册英语教案 2014年人教版新目标英语八年级上全册教案
Period 4
Section B 3a-Self check
一、教学目标：
1. 语言知识和能力目标：
1) 掌握下列生词: probably, during, holiday, word
2) 复习用will表达一般将来时态的用法。［www.61k.com］结合机器人这一话题表达自己的想法。
3） 能够综合运用所掌握的知识来描述自己未来生活的情况
2. 情感态度价值观目标：
让学生在潜移默化中反省自己的现状
二、教学重难点
1. 教学重点：
1) 能运用所学的知识及提示来阅读相关个人未来生活预测，并能完成相关任务。
2）能运用所学的知识与句型表达方式来描绘一下自己未来的生活。
3） 复习要单元所学的重点知识点，并完成相关复习任务。
2. 教学难点：
能运用所学的知识与句型表达方式来描绘一下自己未来的生活。
三、教学过程
Ⅰ. Warming- up and revision
Have a dictation of the new words and expressions.
Ⅱ. Lead in
Ⅲ. Reading
1. Read the article about Jill’s life in the future.
2. 阅读指导：
3. Ss try to read the article and try to fill in the blanks.
4. Check the answers with the Ss.
Ⅳ. Writing
Work on 3b:
- 57 -
八年级上册英语教案 2014年人教版新目标英语八年级上全册教案
1. Think about your life 20 years from now. Write down some notes .
2. Try to fill in the blanks.
Work on 3c
1. Write about your life 20 years from now using the notes in 3b.
2. 写作指导：
Ⅴ. Discussion
Discuss how a robot will help students with schoolwork in the future. Ⅵ. Self check
Work on Self check 1:
1. Put the words in the correct columns in the chart.
2. Make sure Ss know what they school.
Work on Self check 2
1. Tell Ss to read the conversation below.
2. Do the first one for the Ss as a model.
Homework
Review Section B.
板书设计：
教学反思：
- 58 -
八年级上册英语教案 2014年人教版新目标英语八年级上全册教案
Unit 8 How do you make a banana milk shake?
Period 1
Section A (1a-2d)
一、教学目标：
1. 语言知识和能力目标：
1) 能掌握以下单词：shake, milk shake, blender, turn on, etc.
2) 能掌握以下句型：
① ─How do you make a banana milk shake?
─First, peel the bananas…
② ─How many bananas do we need?
3) 能了解以下语法：掌握用how much 和how many对事物的数量提问。［www.61k.com］
4) 学会描述做一些常见食物的过程，并能正确地运用表示顺序的词汇。
2. 情感态度价值观目标：
1培养学生的实际生活能力, 珍惜他人的劳动成果。
二、教学重难点
1. 教学重点：
1) 用how much与how many来对数量提问。
2) 动词词组；描述过程的顺序词。
2. 教学难点：能恰当地使用祈使句表达食物的制作过程。
三、教学用具
录音机，多媒体，幻灯片，课本
四、教学过程
I. Warming up
T: What’s your favorite fruit?
II. Lead-in
1. T: Great, those taste nice. Today we are going to learn how to make a banana milk shake.
2. Do 1a. Ask Ss to write the names of the actions.
3. Teach the names of all items.
Focus on the pictures.
4. Point out the actions in the picture and the list of actions in activity 1b . Play the recording and check the answers.
Ⅲ. Listening
1b Listen and put the instructions in order.
Ⅳ. Game
Ⅴ. Pair work
Work on 1c:
Let some pairs ask and answer about the chart.
Ⅵ. Listening
Work on 2a:
- 59 -
八年级上册英语教案 2014年人教版新目标英语八年级上全册教案
1. Let Ss look at the pictures below.
2. Play the recording for the Ss to listen and complete the chart.
Work on 2b:
1. Let Ss read the chart below.
2.Play the recording for the Ss to write the correct answers in the chart.
3. Play the recording again to check the answers.
Ⅶ. Pair work
1. Tell Ss to ask and answer questions about how to make fruit salad.
2. Give a model to the Ss.
3. Ss work in pairs. Try to ask and answer about how to make fruit salad.
4. Ask some pairs to act out their conversations.
Ⅷ. Role-play
1. Read the conversations and fill in the chart below.
2. Explain some new words and main points in the conversation.
Homework:
做自己喜欢的水果奶昔，并简要说明过程。［www.61k.com] 可以用下列表示过程的词汇来让你描述更加清晰明了。 first, next, then, … finally…
板书设计：
教学反思：
- 60 -
八年级上册英语教案 2014年人教版新目标英语八年级上全册教案
Period 2
Section A (Grammar focus-3c)
一、教学目标：
1. 语言知识和能力目标：
1) 学习掌握下列词汇：sugar, cheese, popcorn , corn, machine, dig, hole
2）进行一步复习巩固学习Section A 部分所学的生词和词组。（www.61k.com］
3）掌握正确用how much和how many对事物的数量进行提问。
4) 能够熟练运用所学的知识，来正确描述做简单食物的过程，正确运用表示顺序的词。
2.情感态度价值观目标：
通过制作食物的介绍, 培养学生的实际生活能力和动手能力。
二、教学重难点
1. 教学重点：
1) 复习巩固Section A 部分所学的生词和词组，达到熟练运用的目标。
2) 掌握正确用how much和how many对事物的数量进行提问。
2. 教学难点：
1) 能够熟练运用所学的知识，来正确描述做简单食物的过程，正确运用表示顺序的词。
2) 能够分清可数名词与不可数名词，会用数量词来计量一些不可数名词。
三、教学用具
录音机，多媒体，幻灯片，课本
四、教学过程
Ⅰ. Warming- up and revision
Ⅱ. Grammar Focus.
1. 学生阅读Grammar Focus中的句子，然后做填空练习。
2. 学生们根据记忆，看大屏幕来完成填空练习。
3. 学生们完成填空试题后，可以打开课本检查答案，对错误的句子，单独进行强化记忆。
Ⅲ. Try to Find
句型转换：
Ⅳ. Practice
Work on 3a:
1. Circle the correct word in each question:
2. 最后，教师与同学们一起校对答案，并对学生们有疑问的地方进行解释。
V. Work on 3b:
1. 让学生们阅读对话，整体把握对话的意思。
2. 仔细读制作爆米花的过程，根据图片及上下文意及时态来确定空格处所应填的词。
3. 和学生们一起校对答案。
4. 让学生们朗读并表演这个对话。
- 61 -
八年级上册英语教案 2014年人教版新目标英语八年级上全册教案
VI. Group work
1. 让学生们看表格中的四个活动项目，让学生们根据自己的生活阅历来选择一个较为熟悉的话题，并与自己的小组成员进行讨论如何做此事。［www.61k.com)
2. 将做这个事情的过程例一个较为清晰的单子，并用英语描述一下。
3. 与一位同学一起用英语讨论一下，如何做这个活动。
4. 听一听其他同学们擅长的项目，并表达自己的想法或问题。 (最后，可以经学生们评议来推举谁是最会做事情的同学）
VII. Homework
1. 复习Grammar Focus 中的内容。
2. 从3c中选择一个活动项目，用英语将其过程描写出来。注意正确运用表示顺序
的词汇：fist, next, then, after that, finally。
板书设计：
教学反思：
- 62 -
八年级上册英语教案 2014年人教版新目标英语八年级上全册教案
Period 3
Section B (1a-2e)
一、教学目标：
1. 语言知识和能力目标：
1) 能掌握以下单词：sandwich, butter, turkey, lettuce, etc.
2) 能掌握以下句式结构：
① ─Do you like lettuce in a sandwich?
─Yes, I do./ No, I don’t.
② It’s a time to give thanks for food in the autumn.
③ Cut the turkey into thin pieces.
2. 情感态度价值观目标：
1) 在活动中渗透中西方餐饮文化，让学生认识到劳动成果的来之不易。［www.61k.com］
二、教学重难点
1. 教学重点：
1) 掌握本课时出现的生词及表达方式。
2) 进行听力训练，提高综合听说能力。
3）阅读短文，获得相关信息，提高学生们的综合阅读能力。
2. 教学难点：
1). 听力训练
2). 阅读2b部分的短文并完成相关要求。
三、教学用具
录音机，多媒体，幻灯片，课本
四、教学过程
Ⅰ. Warming- up and revision
Ⅱ. Presentation
Ask Ss that what ingredients they need. Ask two students to write the ingredients on the Bb.
Ⅲ. Talking
1. Talk about the ingredients they like in the sandwich.
2. S1: Do you like lettuce in a sandwich? S2: Yes, I do.
3. Let Ss ask and answer in pairs.
Ⅳ. Listening
Work on 1c:
1. Tell Ss to listen and circle the words they hear in 1a.
3. Play the recording for the Ss to listen and circle.
4. Check the answers:
Work on 1d:
1. T: Now please look at the chart in 1d. Tell Ss to listen again and write the ingredients in the order they hear them.
2. Ss listen to the recording carefully and try to fill in the blanks.
3. Play the recording again and check the answers with the class.
Ⅴ. Group work
- 63 -
八年级上册英语教案 2014年人教版新目标英语八年级上全册教案
1. Work in groups. Discuss the traditional food people eat on special holidays in China. Then make a list.
2. Ask some Ss to read their lists to the class.
3. Ask some other Ss add more.
Ⅵ. Reading
1. T: Look at the article and the pictures. Can you guess what the passage is mainly about?
Let some Ss try to guess the meaning of the passage.
2. Let Ss read the passage quickly and number the pictures [1-5].
3. Ss read the passage quickly and number the pictures [1-5].
4. Check the answers with the Ss.
Ⅶ. Reading
1. T: Now let’s work on 2c. First, let’s read the sentences and make sure we know the meanings of all the sentences. Then read the passage again and try to answer the questions.
2. Ss read carefully and try to find the answers to the questions.
3. Check the answers with the class.
Ⅷ. Reading
1. T: Now let’s read the short passage in 2d. Put them in order. Write First, Next, Then and finally in the blanks.
Read the passage again. Then answer the questions with short sentences.
2. Ss try to answer put the sentences in order. Check the answers.
Ⅸ.Discussion
Homework
根据2e部分的内容；选择自己认为重要的节日，并写出你较为熟悉的食物的制作过程。［www.61k.com)
板书设计：
教学反思
- 64 -
八年级上册英语教案 2014年人教版新目标英语八年级上全册教案
Period 4
Section B (3a-Self check)
一、教学目标：
1. 语言知识和能力目标：
1) 复习如何制作火鸡宴，以及其他学生们熟悉的传统食物的制作过程。［www.61k.com)
2) 能够综合运用所学的知识以及根据所给的提示词来完成阅读填空的任务。
3) 能够综合运用所学的知识来学习写作自己所熟悉的食物的制作过程以及所需的原料。
4）通过完成Self check的中练习题来全面复习how much和how many的用法。
2. 情感态度价值观目标：
认识劳动成果的来之不易，珍惜他人的劳动成果。
二、教学重难点
1. 教学重点：
1) 能够综合运用所学的知识以及根据所给的提示词来完成阅读填空的任务。
2) 能够综合运用所学的知识来学习写作自己较为熟悉的食物的制作过程。
2. 教学难点：能够综合运用所学的知识来学习写作自己较为熟悉的食物的制作过程。
三、教学过程
Ⅰ. Warming- up and revision
Ⅱ. Lead-in
Ⅲ. Reading
1. Tell Ss to work on 3a.
2. Ss try to read the article and try to fill in the blanks.
3. Check the answers with the Ss.
Ⅳ. Writing
Work on 3b:
1. Read the headings below. Think about your own favorite food in your hometown.
2. Then make a list of the ingredients of the food.
3. Ss try to think about the ingredients of the food and try to write them down.
4. Check the answers with your partners.
Work on 3c:
1. Tell Ss to use the notes in 3b and write a recipe for your favorite food. (Write about the ingredients you need and how to make it).
2. 学生们根据写作提示，及指导的内容来试着写自己的食谱。
3. Let some Ss read their passage to the class. Give any help if necessary. Ⅴ. Group work
- 65 -
八年级上册英语教案 2014年人教版新目标英语八年级上全册教案
1. Make up a crazy recipe with your partner.
2. Tell another pair of students how to make this crazy food. The other pair will have to draw it.
3. Give Ss some examples:
First, put some yogurt on a piece of bread. Then, cut up one apple, and an onion and
Put them on the yogurt…
4. Ss try to write about their own crazy recipe in pairs. Then tell another group.
5. See which recipe is the craziest and which group draws the best.
Ⅵ. Self check
Work on Self check 1
1. Tell Ss the sentences are not in the right order. Please read the sentences and put them in the right order first. Then complete the instructions with the words in the box.
2. Ss work by themselves the try to number the instructions first.
3. Check the answers and explain some main points.
4. 学生们试着复述制作西红柿鸡蛋汤的过程。［www.61k.com)
Work on Self check 2
Tell Ss to write questions and answers using the words in brackets below. VII. Homework
想一想，你在家里最喜欢吃的一道菜。了解一下它的做法，用英语将做这个菜所需的材料以及简单的过程用英语描述出来。
板书设计：
教学反思：
- 66 -
八年级上册英语教案 2014年人教版新目标英语八年级上全册教案
Unit 9 Can you come to my party?
Period 1
Section A (1a-2d)
一、教学目标：
1. 语言知识和能力目标：
1) 能掌握以下单词：prepare, prepare for, exam, flu, available, etc.
2) 能掌握以下句型：
① — Can you come to my party on Saturday afternoon?
— Sure, I’d love to.
③ That’s too bad. Maybe another time.
2) 能了解以下语法：
用情态动词can来表达邀请。（www.61k.com）
3）学会表达邀请，学会对邀请进行恰当的答复或拒绝。
2. 情感态度价值观目标：
学会人际交往的基本常识，理解“义务”涵义。
二、教学重难点
1. 教学重点：
1) 运用所学提出邀请，接受邀请和拒绝邀请。
2) 正确使用can, might, must 等情态动词。
2. 教学难点：
1) 扎实掌握重点词汇和表示邀请的句型并能灵活运用。
三、教学过程
Ⅰ. Lead-in
1. 在大屏幕上向学生展示一张邀请函。
2. Ss try to answer the questions.
Ⅱ. Presentation
1. 引导学生们看大屏幕上邀请及两个答语。
2. 用汉语向学生说明回答别人邀请时，所作的两种类型的答复。 Ⅲ. Game
- 67 -
八年级上册英语教案 2014年人教版新目标英语八年级上全册教案
1. 学生看大屏幕上的转盘，根据转盘所停止位置的词组来做邀请与应答的游戏。[www.61k.com］
2. Make a model to the Ss:
Ⅳ. Listening
Play the recording for the students listen.
Ⅴ. Group work
1. Help students form groups of four.
2. Have the students work in groups.
Ⅵ. Listening
Work on 2a:
Read the sentences in 2a.
Work on 2b:
Ⅶ. Pair work
Ⅷ. Role-play
Homework:
1. Recite the conversation in 2d after school.
板书设计：
教学反思：
- 68 -
八年级上册英语教案 2014年人教版新目标英语八年级上全册教案
Period 2
Section A (Grammar Focus-3c)
一、教学目标：
1. 语言知识和能力目标：
1) 学习掌握下列词汇：invite, accept, refuse
2）进行一步复习巩固运用Section A 部分所学的生词和词组。［www.61k.com）
3）进一步学习运用所学的知识来表达邀请；学会如何回答别人对自己的邀请，以及学会如何有礼貌地拒绝他人的邀请，并陈述理由。
4) 掌握情态动词can, must, have to, might的用法。
2. 情感态度价值观目标：
学会人际交往的基本常识，学会有礼貌地邀请别人以及回答别人的邀请。
二、教学重难点
1. 教学重点：
1) 进一步学习运用所学的知识来表达邀请；学会有礼貌地答复他人对自己的邀请。
2) 掌握情态动词can来表达邀请；运用情态动词have to, must, might等有礼貌地说明拒绝他人邀请的理由。
2. 教学难点：
1) 能熟练进行邀请及应答。
2) 运用情态动词have to, must, might等有礼貌地说明拒绝他人邀请的理由。
三、教学过程
Ⅰ. Warming- up and revision
Ⅱ. Grammar Focus.
1. 学生阅读Grammar Focus中的句子，然后做填空练习。
Ⅲ. Try to Find
如何表达邀请与答复别人的邀请：
Ⅳ. Practice
Work on 3a:
- 69 -
八年级上册英语教案 2014年人教版新目标英语八年级上全册教案
1. Tell Ss to read the conversation in 3a and try to complete the answers .
2. 方法指导：
Work on 3b:
让部分学生与自己的伙伴说一说自己所写的小对话。（www.61k.com）大家一起改正句子中的错误。
Ⅴ. Group work
小组中的同学们每个人都填写一张表格（见3c中表格）来明确自己近期要做的事情，选择一个恰当的时间来开一个聚会。
Ⅵ. Exercise
If time is enough, do some more exercises on big screen.
Homework
1. 复习Grammar Focus 中的内容。
板书设计
教学反思：
- 70 -
八年级上册英语教案 2014年人教版新目标英语八年级上全册教案
Period 3
Section B 1a-2e
一、教学目标：
1. 语言知识和能力目标：
1) 能掌握以下单词：the day before yesterday, weekday, look after, etc.
2) 能掌握以下句型：
① — What’s today？ — It’s Monday.
② — Can you play tennis with me? — Sorry, I can’t. I …
3) 能综合运用can来表达邀请。［www.61k.com）
4）通过阅读邀请函来掌握必要的信息。
2. 情感态度价值观目标：
学会珍惜朋友之间、师生之间的友情。
二、教学重难点
1. 教学重点：
1) 掌握本课时出现的生词及表达方式。
2) 进行听力训练，提高综合听说能力。
3）阅读短文，获得相关信息，提高学生们的综合阅读能力。
2. 教学难点
1. 听力训练
2. 阅读2b部分的短文并完成相关要求。
三、教学过程
Ⅰ. Warming- up and revision
Ⅱ. Lead-in
1. Ask Ss some questions:
Ⅲ. Discussion
1. Work with your partners. Look at the chart in 1a. Then ask and answer with a partner.
Ⅳ. Listening
Work on 1c:
- 71 -
八年级上册英语教案 2014年人教版新目标英语八年级上全册教案
1. Tell Ss to listen to Vince and Andy’s conversation. Then circle Yes or No.
2. Play the recording for the Ss.
Work on 1d:
Ⅴ. Pair work
Work on 2a:
1. Work in pairs.
Work on 2b:
Make a list of kinds of parties people have.
Ⅵ. Reading
T: Did you have a surprise party for sb.?
Ⅶ. Reading
1. T: Now let’s work on 2c. 2. Ss read carefully and try to answer the questions.
3. Check the answers with the class.
Work on 2e:
Homework
板书设计：
教学反思：
- 72 -
八年级上册英语教案 2014年人教版新目标英语八年级上全册教案
Period 4
Section B 3a-Self Check
一、教学目标：
1. 语言知识目标：
1) 掌握下列生词: daytime, concert, headmaster, event, guest, calendar
2) 复习邀请信的表达方式，阅读相关邀请信并能获得相关信息，回答相关问题。（www.61k.com]
2. 情感态度价值观目标：
理解人与人之间的真情，学会珍惜朋友之间、师生之间的友情。
二、教学重难点
1. 教学重点：
1) 复习邀请信的表达方式，阅读相关邀请信并能获得相关信息，回答相关问题。
2）能够综合运用所掌握的知识并根据相关提示来完成写一个简单的邀请信的任务。
2. 教学难点：
通过写一个邀请信及答复伙伴的邀请信，达到综合运用所学知识的目的。
三、教学过程
Ⅰ. Warming- up and revision
Ⅱ. Lead-in
1. Ask Ss what an opening party is.
Ⅲ. Reading
1. T: Now let’s work on 3a:
Ⅳ. Writing
Work on 3b:
1. Think about a party or any other event you know. Write an invitation.
2. Let some Ss read the information in the chart.
3. Ss try to write an invitation using the information in the chart.
4. Read their invitations and check if there are mistakes.
- 73 -
八年级上册英语教案 2014年人教版新目标英语八年级上全册教案
Ⅴ. Pair work
1. Read the calendar in 4. Make sure Ss know the activities in each day.
2. Tell Ss how to do it.
3. Make a model to the Ss:
Ⅵ. Self Check
Work on Self Check 1:
1. Fill in the blanks in the conversation.
2. Let Ss read the conversation first and try fill in the blanks.
Work on Self check 2
1. Tell Ss how to do this task.
2. Check the answers with the class.
Homework
Review Section B.
板书设计：
教学反思：
- 74 -
八年级上册英语教案 2014年人教版新目标英语八年级上全册教案
Unit 10 If you go to the party, you’ll have a great time!
Period 1
Section A (1a-2d)
一、教学目标：
1. 语言知识和能力目标：
1) 能掌握以下单词： meeting, video, organize, potato chips,etc.
能掌握以下句型：
─I think I’ll go to the party with Karen and Anna.
─If you go to the party, you’ll have a great time!
2) 能了解以下语法：
掌握含if条件状语从句的主从复合句的用法。（www.61k.com)
3) 能用if 引导的条件状语从句作出假设，用will谈论结果。
2. 情感态度价值观目标：
学习因果关系的表达和做出合理的建议。
二、教学重难点
1. 教学重点、难点：
（1）重点句型：—I think I’m going to go to the party with Karen and Ann.
—If you do, you’ll have a great time.
（2）正确使用if 引导的条件状语从句
三、教学过程
Ⅰ. Lead-in
Ask some questions.
Ⅱ. Presentation
1．Show some pictures to present new structure,practice with the students:
2．Show some pictures to present the following:
Ⅲ. Game
- 75 -
八年级上册英语教案 2014年人教版新目标英语八年级上全册教案
Ⅳ. Listening
Work on 1c:
1. Point out the statements and the responses in activity 1a. Tell Ss to listen.
2. Play the recording for the Ss listen.
Ⅴ. Pair work
1. Let Ss read the model with a partner.
2. Look at the pictures above.
3. Let some pairs ask and answer about the pictures.
Ⅵ. Listening
Work on 2a:
1. Let Ss read the two sentences below. Make sure they know what to do.
2. Play the recording for the Ss to listen and circle the right answers. Work on 2b:
1. Let Ss read the phrases and questions below.
2. Play the recording for the Ss to write the correct answers.
Ⅶ. Pair work
Ss work in pairs and practice the conversation.
Ⅷ. Role-play
板书设计：
教学反思：
- 76 -
八年级上册英语教案 2014年人教版新目标英语八年级上全册教案
Period 2
Section A (Grammar Focus-3c)
一、教学目标：
1. 语言知识和能力目标：
1) 学习掌握下列词汇：upset, taxi, advice
2）进行一步复习巩固学习Section A 部分所学的生词和词组。(www.61k.com]
3）掌握正确用含if条件状语从句的主从句。
4) 能够熟练运用所学的知识，用if来表达条件，用will来表达结果。
2. 情感态度价值观目标：
在英语交流中注意并观察他人的情感。
二、教学重难点
1. 教学重点：
1) 复习巩固Section A 部分所学的生词和词组，达到熟练运用的目标。
2) 能够熟练运用所学的知识，用if来表达条件，用will来表达结果。
2. 教学难点：
1) 掌握正确用含if条件状语从句的主从句。
2) 能够熟练运用所学的知识，用if来表达条件，用will来表达结果。
三、教学过程
Ⅰ. Warming- up and revision
Ⅱ. Grammar Focus
Ⅲ. Try to Find
一、含if条件状语从句的主从复合句
二、 Game:
Boys and girls have a competition:
Ⅳ. Practice
Work on 3a:
1. Ss skim the passage first. Try to know the meaning of the passage.
2. 方法指导：
Work on 3b:
- 77 -
八年级上册英语教案 2014年人教版新目标英语八年级上全册教案
Ⅴ. Group work
1. Make a story in group.
2. Write a story with your group on a piece of paper.
3. Make sure Ss know what to do.
4. 学生们合作每个同学用 ―I think I will… If I…, I will…‖ 来写一个句子。(www.61k.com） Ⅵ. Exercises
用动词的适当形式填空。
Homework
1. 复习Grammar Focus 中的内容。
2. 将3c的短文，再完整地写一遍。
板书设计
教学反思：
- 78 -
八年级上册英语教案 2014年人教版新目标英语八年级上全册教案
Period 3
Section B 1a-2e
一、教学目标：
1. 语言知识和能力目标：
1) 能掌握以下单词：travel, agent, expert, keep…to oneself, etc.
2) 能掌握以下句式结构：
① ─What do you think I should do? Can you give some advice?
─I think I should go to college.
② But If I go to college, I’ll never become a great soccer player.
2. 情感态度价值观目标：
学习因果关系的表达和做出合理的建议。（www.61k.com]
二、教学重难点
1. 教学重点：
1) 掌握本课时出现的生词及表达方式。
2) 进行听力训练，提高综合听说能力。
3） 阅读短文，获得相关信息，提高学生们的综合阅读能力。
2. 教学难点
1. 听力训练
2. 阅读2b部分的短文并完成相关要求。
三、教学过程
Ⅰ. Warming- up and revision
Ⅱ. Presentation
1. be happy; travel around the world; go to college; be famous, get an education… Ⅲ. Talking
1. What is the most important thing to you?
2. Let Ss ask and answer in pairs.
Ⅳ. Listening
Work on 1b:
1. Tell Ss to listen and look at the list in 1a.
- 79 -
八年级上册英语教案 2014年人教版新目标英语八年级上全册教案
2. Play the recording for the Ss to listen and write.
3. Check the answers:
Work on 1c:
1. T: Now please read the sentences in 1c.
2. Ss listen to the recording carefully and try to choose the right answers. Ⅴ. Pair work
Work in pairs on 1c:
Work on 2a.
1. T: What kinds of things do you worry about?
2. Let some pairs ask and answer their questions.
Ⅵ. Reading
1. T: Read the three statements below and then skim the passage.
2. Check the answers with the Ss.
Ⅶ. Reading
1. T: Now let’s work on 2c.
First, let’s read the questions and make sure we know the meanings.
Ⅷ. Reading
1. T: Now let’s read the short passage and the phrases in 2d.
2. Ss try to fill in the blanks with the right forms. Check the answers. Ⅸ. Discussion
Homework
1. 课后阅读短文。［www.61k.com)
2. 课下再根据2e部分的内容；写一个调查报告，表述自己小组同学的困难 。 板书设计
教学反思：
- 80 -
八年级上册英语教案 2014年人教版新目标英语八年级上全册教案
Period 4
Section B 3a-Self Check
一、教学目标：
1. 语言知识和能力目标：
1) 复习讨论自己及伙伴们所有的问题，并能通过讨论来找到解决问题的办法。[www.61k.com］
2) 能够综合运用所学的知识以及根据所给的提示词来完成描述他人的问题及解决办法 的小短文。
2. 情感态度价值观目标：
提高他们学习英语的兴趣，积极参与英语实践活动。
二、教学重难点
1）能够综合运用所学的知识来描述他人的问题及解决办法 的小短文。
2）通过完成Self check的中练习题来全面复习本单元的重难点知识点。
三、教学过程
Ⅰ. Warming up and revision
Ⅱ. Lead-in
Show some pictures of different kind of ―problem‖.
Ⅲ. Discussing
Let Ss discuss what kind of problem they usually have in their group. Make a list of them.
2. Let some Ss read their worries.
Ⅳ. Writing
1. Tell Ss to work on 3b. First, read the structures below to plan your writing.
2. 写作指导：
3. Let some Ss read their passages and try to find if there are any mistakes? Give Ss one possible version:
Work on 3c:
1. Tell Ss to write about the other two worries. Use the structures in 3b to write a short passage.
- 81 -
八年级上册英语教案 2014年人教版新目标英语八年级上全册教案
2. Ss work by themselves and try to write a short article.
3. Ss try to write a short article with the worries in3a and the structures in 3b. Ⅴ. Group work
1. Talk about the Project in your school ―We Can Help!‖
2. Make sure Ss know what they should do.
Ⅵ. Self check
Work on Self check 1
1. Tell Ss to fill in the blanks with the words in the box.
2. Ss work by themselves the try to fill in the blanks.
Work on Self check 2
1. Tell Ss to fill in the blanks with the words in the blanks.
2. Give Ss some directions:
Work on Self check 3
1. Tell Ss what they should do.
2. Ss work with their partners complete the sentences in the blanks.
Homework
1. Review Section B.
2. Write a letter to me.
板书设计：
教学反思：
- 82 -
五 : 新目标英语八年级上册unit3教案
unit 3 what are you doing for vacation?
【重要词汇概览】
babysit v. 临时受雇照顾(婴儿)
at home 在家
tibet 西藏
hawaii 夏威夷（美国州名）
sightseeing n. 观光；游览
fishing n. 捕鱼；钓鱼
rent v. 租用；出租
plan n. & v. 计划；设计；筹划
greece 希腊
finally adv. 最后地；最终
decide v. 决定；下决心；解决
lake n. 湖；湖泊
region n. 地方；区域
countryside n. 乡下；农村；乡村
forget v. (forgot, forgot forgotten) 忘记；忘却
return v. 后来；归去；归还
paris 巴黎（法国首都）
tourist n. 旅行者；游客
【重要词组概览】
go sightseeing 去观光旅行
take walks 去散步
go fishing 去钓鱼
take a vacation 去度假
think about 考虑；思考
decide on 决定
the great lakes 五大湖（加拿大与美国之间的五个大湖）
a no-stress vacation 一个没有压力的假期
hong kong 香港
how long 多久
get back 回来
san francisco 旧金山（美国加利福尼亚州西部港市）
sports camp 运动野营
go bike riding 骑自行车旅行
go camping 去野营
go hiking 去远足
the great wall 长城
have a good time 玩得很高兴，过得很愉快
【语法知识聚焦】
一、本单元学习用现在进行时表示将要发生的动作，例如：
1. what are you doing for vacation? 你假期准备干什么？
i'm visiting my grandmother. 我准备去看我的奶奶。
when are you going? 你想什么时候去？
what's she doing for vacation? 她假期准备干什么？
she is going camping. 她打算去野营。
新目标英语八年级上册unit3教案_新目标八年级上册英语教案
二、课文注释
1. go fishing 去钓鱼
同样的用法还有：
go shopping 去购物
go swimming 去游泳
go bike riding 骑自行车
go sightseeing 去观光
go skating 去滑冰
go camping 去野营
2. that sounds nice. 听起来不错。
1）sound 是动词，意思是: 听起来, 发出声音：
that sounds interesting. 听起来不很有意思。
that sounds great. 听起来太好了。
your idea sounds a good one. 你的想法听起来很好。
your proposal sounds quite feasible. 你的提议听起来很可行。
when the bell sounds, you must come in. 铃响时，你必须进来。
2）sound 还可以作名词， 表示 “声音，响声” 例如：
the light travels faster than sound. 光比声音快。
the sound of birds singing 鸟儿歌唱的声音
3. i just finished filming my last movie. 我刚刚拍摄完我的最后一个电影。
film v. 拍电影
finish doing something 做完某事
例如：
when we finished cleaning our classroom, we went home.
don't take the book away. i haven't finished reading it.
【综合能力检测】
一．根椐题意和所给的字母提示，填入正确的单词。
1. a: how's the w__ __ther there?
b: it's sunny.
2. a: how l__ __ __ are you staying there?
b: i am staying there for three weeks.
3. a: w__ __ __ __ are you going for vacation?
b: italy.
4. my mother often t__ __ __ __ walks after supper.
5. my father often goes f__ __ __ing by the river on sundays.
二. 连词成句
1.what, doing, mary, is, vacation, for?
________________________________________________?
2.they, visiting, are, friends, their , next, week.
________________________________________________.
3.can, i , some, you , questions, ask, your , about, vacation plans?
___________________________________________________?
新目标英语八年级上册unit3教案_新目标八年级上册英语教案
三．补全对话
leave rain with weather have
cool we sightseeing do visit
a: hey, lily. what are you doing for vacation?
b: i’m _1___________ my uncle in london.
a: when are you __2___________ for london?
b: i’m leaving the first week in october.
a: who are you going _3_______?
b: i’m going there with my parents?
a: what are you _4________ there?
b: _5________ are going _6_____________,visiting museums and going to the beach.
a: and what’s the _7___________ like there?
b: oh, it’s very beautiful this time of the year. it’s sunny and _8___________. but sometimes it __9___________.
a: i hope you’ll ___10 ___________ a good time.
b: thanks a lot.
四. 用所给的词的正确形式填空。
1. a: what are you doing for vacation?
b: i’m going fishing and swimming for vacation.
a: that __________(sound) nice.
2. a: what are you doing there?
b: i’m ___________ (take) walks after supper in the evening.
3. i don’t like ______________ (eat) junk food.
i eat it only three ________(time) a month.
4. a: what did you do last night?
b: i _____________ (watch) tv.
a: how long ________ you ___________ (watch) it?
b: i ___________ (watch) it just for half an hour.
5. a: what _______ your father do on sundays?
b: he often _________ (read) newspapers.
五．完成句子
1．这个星期天我准备去远足。
i ________ __________ __________ this weekend.
2. 假期张力准备去游泳和骑自行车。
zhang li is going swimming and _________ __________ ___________ on vacation.
3. 喝牛奶会帮助我保持身体健康。
drinking milk can ____________ me __________ healthy.
4. 我正在考虑去广州度假。
i’m ___________ ____________ going to guang zhou for my vacation.
5. 我决定在家里放松一下。
i decide ______ ______ relax at home.
六. 写作
十一国庆节期间你准备去海南度假。请你写一个旅游计划。
所给的提示词语必须都用上。
during the national day vacation leave for on 29th by plane
with stay beach fishing shopping sightseeing help…forget….
_________________________________________________________________
新目标英语八年级上册unit3教案_新目标八年级上册英语教案
【参考答案点拨】
一．
1. weather 2. long 3. where 4. takes 5. fishing
1. 答句是it's sunny. 与天气有关，所以答案应该为weather.
2. 答句中有for three weeks, 表示一段时间，应该用how long来提问，所以答案应该为long.
3. 答案应该为where, 答句是表示地点的italy(意大利)。
4．答案应该为takes, 晚饭后为休闲时间，walks与take连用表示散步，主语是第三人称数。
5． 答案应该为fishing, 根据介词短语by the river, on sundays, go fishing 是固定短语。
二、
1. what is mary doing for vacation?
2. they are visiting their friends next week.
3. can i ask you some questions about your vacation plans?
4. we are going to the great wall tomorrow morning.
5. how long are you staying there?
三、
1. visiting 2. leaving 3. with 4. doing 5. we
6. sightseeing 7. weather 8. cool 9. rains 10. have
1. 答案为visiting，与前面的am一起构成谓语动词am visiting。
2. 答案为 leaving, 与前面的are一起构成谓语动词are leaving。
4. 根椐上下文答案为doing , 与前面的are一起构成谓语动词are doing。
9. but表示意思的转折，sometimes是一般现在时的时间状语，主语是第三人称单数，故答案为rains.
四、
1.sounds 2.taking 3.eating/to eat, times
4. watched, did, watch, watched 5. does, reads
1. sounds, 此种句子用一般现在时.
2. taking, 问句和答句的时态应该一致.
3. eating/to eat, like doing, like to do 都表示喜欢做某事.
times 表示次数, 是可数名词。 time表示时间, 是不可数名词。
4. watched, did, watch, watched，问句和答句的时态应该一致，因为谈论的是昨天晚上发生的事情，应该用一般过去时态。在疑问句中实义动词应该用动词原形。
5. does, reads，often是用在一般现在时中的时间状语。
五、
1. am going hiking 2. going bike riding 3. help, stay
4. thinking of 5. to be
3. 帮助某人做某事为：help sb. (to) do sth. 保持健康为: stay healthy, 故答案为help, stay.
5. 决定做某事为decide to do sth. 放松be relax。故答案为to be。
六、
during the national day i'm going to hainan for vacation with my parents.
we are leaving on 29th of september. we are going there by plane.
we are staying there for about two weeks. we are going sightseeing there.
we are going to the beach. we are going fishing, going shopping and so on.
新目标英语八年级上册unit3教案_新目标八年级上册英语教案
【知识拓展天地】
unit 3 what are you doing for vacation ?
i teaching aims
to talk about future plan
ii target language
1.--- what are you doing for vacation ?
---i ‘m going to my cousin’s house.
2.--- what is she doing for vacation ?
---she’s going camping.
3.----what are they doing for vacation ?
----they are going fishing.
4.---when are you going?
--i’m going on monday.
iii difficult points
the usage of be doing
iv teaching time : 5 periods
period 1
i teaching aims
llearn to make plans for tomorrow.
llearn new words
ii teaching important points
现在进行时表示将来意义
iii teaching course
step 1 free talk about future plan
step 2 teach new words
1.at home
stay at home= be at home =be in
2.get back
3.go +ving
eg : go bike riding, go swimming, go sightseeing,
go hiking go camping
4take walks=go for a walk
5fishing eg go fishing
fish 单复数同形 fishes 指不同种类的鱼
还可以做动词
6rent rent sth from sb.
rent sth to sb.
7plan planned planning
.n: make plans for sb
.v plan to do sth
8think about +.n or doing sth
9decide decide to do sth,
decide on sth ,
decide that+从句
10 need need to do sth.
need doing sth 表示被动意义
step 3 presentation
be doing 结构所表示的将来时态
常用这种结构的动词 有go ,come, leave, start, begin ,run ,stay ,do, take.
step 4 teach new drill
--- what are you doing for vacation ?
---i ‘m going to my cousin’s house.
step 5 homework
recite the new words and drills
do p14--2c
make conversation on exercise book
period 2
新目标英语八年级上册unit3教案_新目标八年级上册英语教案
新目标英语八年级上册unit3教案_新目标八年级上册英语教案
period 5
i teaching aims: sum up the drills.
ii teaching course
step 1 greet the class
1.what are you doing for vacation?
i’m visiting my grandma
2.what’s he/she doing for vacation?
he’s /she’s going camping.
3.where are they going?
they’re going to hong kong.
4.when are they going?
they’re going next week.
5.how long are they staying?
for four days.
step 2 sum up the expressions then make sentences.
1.get back 2. for too long 3. for vacation 4. go bike riding
step 3 do listening
step 4 do wb.
step 5 hm: 1.learn the words of unit 4.
2.write the paper and wb.
61阅读| 精彩专题| 最新文章| 热门文章| 苏ICP备13036349号-1